Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
CONTRACT - BID - 9750 CHARGER INSTALLATIONS #4-#6 - ELECTRIC TRANSIT BUSES
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CHARGER INSTALLATIONS #4-#6 – ELECTRIC TRANSIT BUSES BID NO. 9750 CONTRACTOR: WEIFIELD GROUP CONTRACTING, INC. DATE: MAY 5, 2023 Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgov.com/purchasing DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00300 Bid Form 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors 00440 CDOT Form #606, Anti-Collusion Affidavit 00450 CDOT Form #1413, Bidders List 00460 CDOT Form #1414, Anticipated DBE Participation Plan 00470 Buy America Certification 00480 Certification Regarding Lobbying CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (Contractor) 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions Exhibit GC-A GC-A1 - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions Davis Bacon Wage Rates Federal Terms & Conditions 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00950 Contract Change Order 00960 Application for Payment DRAWINGS GENERAL G0.1 SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL M0.1 GENERAL INFORMATION M1.1 OVERALL MECHANICAL PLAN DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 ELECTRICAL E0.1 GENERAL INFORMATION E0.2 GENERAL INFORMATION E0.3 SPECIFICATIONS E0.4 SPECIFICATIONS E0.5 SPECIFICATIONS E0.6 SPECIFICATIONS E2.1 FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN E2.2 FIRST FLOOR CABLE PLAN E4.1 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E5.1 SCHEDULES E6.1 DETAILS E6.2 DETAILS ATTACHMENTS HVC-C E-Bus Charger Installation Guide v0.7 NA NAM HVC – 150C E-Bus Charger Installation Brief V2.3 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: February 8, 2023 Sealed Bids will be submitted to the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), through Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System (RMEPS) at http://www.bidnetdirect.com/colorado/city-of-fort-collins no later than 3:00 PM MDT March 10, 2023. Note: please ensure adequate time to submit Bids through RMEPS. Bids not submitted by the designated Opening Date and Time will not be accepted by the system. Public Bid Opening: Due to COVID-19 and the closure of City facilities to the public, Bid openings will be conducted by videoconference. At said time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. To access the public Bid opening, please follow the link: Topic: BID OPENING - 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses Time: Mar 10, 2023 03:00 PM Mountain Time (US and Canada) Join Zoom Meeting https://us02web.zoom.us/j/86966905825?pwd=djJtSnN6L203ZnNCVjBLcC9HU2dCdz09 Meeting ID: 869 6690 5825 Passcode: 357988 One tap mobile +17193594580,,86966905825#,,,,*357988# US +12532050468,,86966905825#,,,,*357988# US Dial by your location +1 719 359 4580 US +1 253 205 0468 US +1 253 215 8782 US (Tacoma) +1 346 248 7799 US (Houston) +1 669 444 9171 US +1 669 900 9128 US (San Jose) +1 312 626 6799 US (Chicago) +1 360 209 5623 US +1 386 347 5053 US +1 507 473 4847 US +1 564 217 2000 US +1 646 558 8656 US (New York) +1 646 931 3860 US +1 689 278 1000 US +1 301 715 8592 US (Washington DC) +1 305 224 1968 US +1 309 205 3325 US Meeting ID: 869 6690 5825 Passcode: 357988 Find your local number: https://us02web.zoom.us/u/kcrpFPU0Zo DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 The Contract Documents provide for the construction of Bid 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses. The Work The City of Fort Collins, on behalf of Transfort, is requesting proposals for installation of three (3) ABB 150kW Depot Charging Station each with three (3) Dispenser Boxes. Transfort has one maintenance and operational facility (TMF) located at 6750 Portner Road in Fort Collins. A garage addition was built in 2013 for bus storage – this is the location where the depot chargers will be installed. A project was completed over 2021-2022 to install a new transformer, distribution panel and electrical meter at this location to increase electrical capacity. As part of this project, three (3) depot charging stations were fully installed, each with three (3) dispenser boxes each; stub outs completed for an additional seven (7) charging stations to be installed. . All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with the City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. This is a Federally funded project and the DBE goal is 3%. In order for a bidder to be responsive, one must make a good faith effort to meet the DBE goal. The bidder can meet this requirement in either of two ways. First, the bidder can meet the goal, documenting commitments for participation by DBE firms sufficient to meet the goal. Second, the bidder can document adequate good faith efforts. This means that the bidder must show that it took all necessary and reasonable steps to achieve the DBE goal which by their scope, intensity, and appropriateness to the objective, could reasonably be expected to obtain sufficient DBE participation, even if the goal is not met. These good faith efforts must be completed prior to submittal of the bid. For additional guidance regarding good faith efforts see 49 CFR Part 26 including Appendix A. To meet the DBE eligibility requirements, DBE firms must be certified by CDOT. The CDOT DBE Directory is available at https://www.codot.gov/business/civilrights/dbe. If the apparent low bidder does not meet the project DBE goal, the contractor’s good faith effort needs to be submitted to the City of Fort Collins Purchasing Department no later than five (5) days after bid opening. Bidders must complete, sign and submit with the bid all documents in Sections 00300 and 00400 including but not limited to CDOT Bidding forms 606, 1413 and 1414, Buy America Certificate, and Lobbying Certificate with the bid. Bids will not be accepted if these documents are not included. The City encourages all disadvantaged business enterprises to submit bid in response to all invitations and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin. A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 3:30PM MT, on February 15th, 2023, at the Transfort Maintenance Facility, 6570 Portner Road, Fort Collins, CO 80525. Prospective Bidders will meet outside of the main entrance to the facility on the West side. The group will proceed to the project site as a group. Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting. Questions concerning the scope of the bid should be directed to Project Manager, Annabelle Phillips at aphillips@fcgov.com. Questions regarding bid submittal or process should be directed to Jake Rector, Senior Buyer at (970) 221-6776 or jrector@fcgov.com. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 All questions not addressed at the prebid must be submitted in writing via email to Annabelle Phillips at aphillips@fcgov.com, with a copy to Jake Rector at jrector@fcgov.com, no later than 3:00 PM our clock on February 22, 2023. Questions received after this deadline will not be answered. The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at: http://www.bidnetdirect.com/colorado/city-of-fort-collins Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents. The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision- making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited. City of Fort Collins Gerry Paul Purchasing Director DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00300 BID FORM DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT: 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses Place: Date: 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated , 20 and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of ($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders. 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment Bonds is as follows: . 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. through . 8. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges the documents listed below are required elements of the bid and must be submitted with the bid. The City may reject any incomplete bids as non-responsive. - Bid Form (Section 00300) 1 3 23January 23rd 22,545.15 Twenty Two Thousand Five Hundred Fifty Four and 15/100 Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. 6312 S Fiddlers Green Cir. Ste. 300E Greenwood Village, CO 80111 Bidnet Bidnet3/10/23 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 - Certified or Cashier’s Check Bid Bond (Item 3 above and Section 00410) - Acknowledgement of Bid Addenda (Item 7 above) - Statement of Bidder's Qualifications (Section 00420) - Schedule of Subcontractors (Section 00430) - CDOT Form #606, Anti-Collusion Affidavit (Section 00440) - CDOT Form #1413, Bidders List (Section 00450) - CDOT Form #1414, Anticipated DBE Participation Plan (Section 00460) - Buy America Certification (Section 00470) - Appendix A, 49 CFR Part 20, Certification Regarding Lobbying (Section 00480) 9. The Bidder acknowledges this is a Federally funded project subject to the Federal Terms and Conditions incorporated herein as part of the Invitation to Bid. This project has a DBE goal of 3%. In order for a bidder to be responsive one must make a good faith effort to meet the DBE goal. The bidder can meet this requirement in either of two ways. First, the bidder can meet the goal, documenting commitments for participation by DBE firms sufficient to meet the goal. Second, the bidder can document adequate good faith efforts. These good faith efforts must be completed prior to submittal of the bid. To meet the DBE eligibility requirements, DBE firms must be certified by CDOT. The CDOT DBE Directory is available at https://www.codot.gov/business/civilrights/dbe. If the apparent low bidder does not meet the project DBE goal, three copies of the contractor’s good faith effort needs to be submitted to the City of Fort Collins Purchasing Department by 4PM on the next business day after bid opening. 10. PROJECT OVERVIEW The City of Fort Collins, on behalf of Transfort, is requesting proposals for installation of three (3) ABB 150kW Depot Charging Station each with three (3) Dispenser Boxes. Transfort has one maintenance and operational facility (TMF) located at 6750 Portner Road in Fort Collins. A garage addition was built in 2013 for bus storage – this is the location where the depot chargers will be installed. A project was completed over 2021- 2022 to install a new transformer, distribution panel and electrical meter at this location to increase electrical capacity. As part of this project, three (3) depot charging stations were fully installed, each with three (3) dispenser boxes each; stub outs completed for an additional seven (7) charging stations to be installed. Transfort has a procured and received the Charger Power Cabinets and associated equipment outlined below through Winn Marion. Winn Marion is responsible for commissioning and testing the chargers after installation. Winn Marion will be available to coordinate with the awarded Contractor for consultation on questions that arise regarding installation. See attached design drawings for more details regarding installation of dispenser boxes in the interior of the garage. This installation will differ from the previous installation(s) in two significant areas: 1) Dispenser Boxes shall be mounted overhead in the locations indicated in the design. 2) Cables, including high DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 voltage, low voltage and communication cables, will be run over cable trays as opposed to through conduit. See attached installation instructions provided by ABB (manufacturer) with more information on installation of Chargers and Dispenser Boxes. Transfort will award to one Contractor based on the following scope: Base Bid: • Electrical Construction o Obtain and place additional switchgear o Run cabling through existing conduit from distribution equipment to three (3) Charger Power Cabinets (Chargers #4, #5 and #6). o Run conduit from exterior Power Cabinets to interior of building, transition to cable trays overhead from wall to dispenser boxes (#4a, #4b, #4c; #5a, #5b, #5c; and #6a, #6b, and #6c) • Install three (3) Power Cabinets (Chargers #4, #5 and #6), with metal bases, to be provided by Owner • Install nine (9) Dispenser Boxes (provided by Owner) overhead from garage ceiling, and install cable reels systems for each Dispenser Box, (provided by contractor) as specified in the design documents • Install equipment protection (bollard/guardrail) system on the north side exterior of the building to protect electrical equipment as reflected in the design document. • Install all cables, including high voltage, low voltage, and communication cables necessary for operation from Power Cabinets to associated Dispenser Boxes as outlined in the design and installation documents. • Install external emergency power off (EPOs) switches as indicated in the design • Contractor responsible for submitting permit application Alternate #1: • Install cable trays for subsequent installation of dispensers #7a through #10b, in accordance with locations indicated on the design. Power Cabinets and Dispenser Boxes to be installed at a later date. Work not included in the scope of this contract: • Design work • Owner will supply the following equipment: Charger Power Cabinets & Metal Pedestals, and Dispenser boxes • Winn Marion will perform final testing and commissioning of chargers. The Contractor is responsible for installation of equipment in accordance with provided specifications & drawings; as well as any materials needed to complete the referenced work. General Requirements • Contractor shall include temporary construction fence at (TMF). • Normal working hours are to be Monday - Friday, 7am – 5pm.All other working hours must be approved by City Project Manager. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 • All temporary power for any building systems that need to continue running during a building power shut down is the responsibility of the Owner. All other temporary power is the responsibility of the Contractor. • Contractor to ensure a clean and safe work site at all times. • Contractor is required to follow all City requirements (Masks, etc.) to protect against the spread of COVID-19. Contractors employees who have been exposed or have contacted COVID-19 must follow all Federal Government, County and City protocol requirements. • Contractor is obligated to observe applicable OSHA regulations including but not limited to posting Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS’s). • Contractor is obligated to provide a site-specific, written safety plan and ensure enforcement throughout the life of the project. • The City of Fort Collins reserves the right to direct the Contractor to make personnel changes as necessary to ensure the safe, timely and efficient completion of the projects. • The Contractor must conform with ‘City of Fort Collins – Building Design and Construction Standards’ unless specifically exempted from compliance by the City’s appointed Project Manager. Manual is available at https://www.fcgov.com/opserv/design-standards.php • The Contractor must conform with the ‘City of Fort Collins Dust Prevention and Dust Control Manual’. Manual is available at https://www.fcgov.com/airquality/pdf/dust-prevention-and-control-manual.pdf • All final construction work must be ADA compliant. • The Contractor must conform with the City of Fort Collins Quality Assurance / Quality Control (QA/QC) Program’. Program information is available at https://www.fcgov.com/opserv/pdf/dsgnstnds/qa-qc-plan.pdf • The Contractor is responsible for recording and submitting all applicable information on the ‘City of Fort Collins Waste Management Plan Form’. The Plan form is available at https://www.fcgov.com/recycling/files/construction-waste- management-plan.pdf, and included as Attachment 2 – Waste Tracking Forms. • The City of Fort Collins reserves the right to withhold Final Payment until a completed ‘City of Fort Collins Waste Management Plan Form’ is submitted. • Unless otherwise instructed by the City of Fort Collins Project Manager, a Pre- Construction meeting will occur in which the following topics will be discussed: special facility conditions, hours of operation, access to facility, security, waste container location(s) and other topics deemed necessary to the scope of work. • Special working conditions and restrictions may apply to the work area. The City of Fort Collins reserves the right to orchestrate work in cooperation with the Contractor to minimize impact to normal facility operations. • Contractor will include in the project schedule zero (0) days lost due to abnormal weather conditions The City of Fort Collins will perform QA/QC inspections. • Communication Protocol: Contractors will comply with the communication protocol as established in a Pre-Construction Meeting. • Project Permits: Contractors shall obtain construction inspection cards prior to beginning any work and shall post in an obvious and convenient location at the project site. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to schedule and pay for all required inspections, special inspections and/or testing. Contractors are responsible to obtain necessary signatures on the permit cards from the inspectors, including sign off. Upon completion of inspections, Contactors are required to turn in all inspection cards (fully signed) to the City Project Manager. Final payment will be withheld until all inspection cards have been signed and DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 turned into the Project Manager. Any approved change order that significantly revises the scope of work will be available for review by the Project Manager. Contractor shall correct deficiencies and call for inspection. If a conflict is found within the contract documents and/or City requirements, Contractor shall generate project correspondence to aid the team in resolving a failed inspection. • Building Restricted Access Requirements: Contractors shall not begin the project without first reviewing site access and limitations with the City Project Manager. Coordination is required of all labor force and subcontractors to determine work hours within the facility to avoid disruption of services, events and operations. Contractors are to be informed of the facility restrictions such as noise, dust and access prior to beginning work. • Keys: If keys are needed for Contractor access, they will be arranged through the City Project Manager. Contractors must provide at least 72-hour notice of need for keys. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating access to the work for subcontractors. All keys must be returned prior to authorization of final payment. Contractors must sign/check-in daily at the facility office prior to starting any work. • Contact List: Contractors shall provide a 24-hour emergency contact list to the City Project Manager. • Staging & Parking: Staging, parking and traffic control is to be coordinated with the City Project Manager. Contractor shall park all vehicles in designated areas outlined by the City Project Manager, with attention to preclude interference with City operations, activities, including snow removal. • Deliveries: All deliveries, including subcontractors’ and material deliveries, shall be coordinated by the Contractor. In no case, will City personnel receive or coordinate deliveries. • Dumpsters: Contractors are responsible for disposal of all refuse from the project. In no case, will the Contractor be authorized to deposit construction debris or discard materials of any kind in a City dumpster. • Cleanup: Contractors will provide daily cleanup at the project location. Contractor will provide necessary protection within the building against dust and dirt. Contractor shall provide necessary protection within the project site against damage to finished work, tools and materials. • Non-Smoking: Smoking is prohibited on City properties. • Schedule: Contractors shall provide a schedule of work for distribution prior to construction start. The schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor and provided to the City Project Manager at meetings for distribution to client, staff and community. • Meetings: The Contractor will record all minutes from meetings and be responsible for distribution to the team. Separate meetings shall be held prior to beginning work for any major work that involves critical sequencing or major coordination. • Pay Application: Contractors shall submit a monthly pay application, with an attached schedule of values and required backup information. A 5% retainage shall be withheld, and a Notice of Settlement shall be advertised at the end of the project, prior to releasing retainage and final payment. • Document Conflicts: If building code conflicts are encountered in the course of the work, they shall be documented at the time of discovery and forwarded to the City Project Manager for review. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 • Work Changes: Under no circumstances will the Contractor begin any changes in the work without written consent by the Owner. The City Project Manager is the only person authorized to make changes (cost or no cost) on the project. • Closeout: Contractors are to review closeout requirements, expectations and schedule as well as Warranty Procedures. • Instructions, manuals, guides, charts, training, etc. • Completion of all third-party inspections. • All punch list items are completed or scheduled for corrections of deficiencies. • Contractors will return all keys. • Record drawings (including Contractor’s redlines) are completed. All approved changes are to be included within the record set. • Guarantee/Warranty requirements are met. Schedule a Twenty Three (23) month post-construction walk through with the City Project Manager. • Warranties, reports, records, files and other documents related to construction are in order and turned over to owner. • Removal of all Contractor’s temporary work, cleanup and debris removal completed. 11. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid) Base Bid $____________________ In Words: ___________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ Alternate 1 (Installation of Cable Trays for Dispensers #7a-#10b): $____________________ In Words: ____________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ 12. PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for. Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price. 13. REFERENCES/QUALIFICATIONS The Contractor and/or subcontractor(s) to the Contractor shall be required to provide references of recent projects. The Contractor must be a recognized professional firm among their peers. The undersigned Bidder shall provide a minimum of three (3) completed or under construction project of similar scope from the past five (5) years. It is preferred that references are from three separate owners and shall include a brief 450,904.00 Four Hundred Fifty Thousand, Nine Hundred Four and 00/100 21,997.00 Twenty One Thousand, Nine Hundred Ninety Seven and 00/100 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 project description, owner contact information (name, title, email, and phone number), and total contract value. References may be checked by the City and bids that do not include the required and satisfactory references may be deemed non-responsive. The City reserves the right to request additional project references at their sole discretion. 14. MATERIAL LIST The Contractor is required to provide an itemized list of materials needed to successfully complete this project as part of their Bid. Material list to include; 1. Material description; 2. Quantities; 3. Unit pricing; 4. Extended pricing. Project 1 Name: Brief Description: Owner Contact Information: Contract Value: Project 2 Name: Brief Description: Owner Contact Information: Contract Value: Project 3 Name: Brief Description: Owner Contact Information: Contract Value: a. The Contractor must demonstrate its ability to be bonded. A letter from the bidder’s bond agency certifying this is acceptable. RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED: CONTRACTOR BY: Printed Date Kevin Knox 3/10/23 Design Phase Manager Weifield Group Contracting Kevin Knox See attached DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Description Quantity Trade Price Unit Net Cost Total Material CMDC-2 - 1200A 3R 1 0 E 0 Quoted PC4 - 300A 1 0 E 0 $0.00 PC5 - 300A 1 0 E 0 $0.00 PC6 - 300A 1 0 E 0 $0.00 4A - CABLE BOX 1 0 E 0 $0.00 4B - CABLE BOX 1 0 E 0 $0.00 4C - CABLE BOX 1 0 E 0 $0.00 5A - CABLE BOX 1 0 E 0 $0.00 5B - CABLE BOX 1 0 E 0 $0.00 5C - CABLE BOX 1 0 E 0 $0.00 6A - CABLE BOX 1 0 E 0 $0.00 6B - CABLE BOX 1 0 E 0 $0.00 6C - CABLE BOX 1 0 E 0 $0.00 3/4" EMT 2,746 251.95 C 87.89 $2,413.46 3" EMT 257 2,017.75 C 666.59 $1,713.14 3/4" EMT STL SS CONN 50 153.84 C 175 $87.50 3" EMT STL SS CONN 14 4,500.99 C 3,589.00 $502.46 3/4" EMT STL SS CPLG 273 189.21 C 209 $570.57 3" EMT STL SS CPLG 40 3,492.97 C 3,479.00 $1,391.60 3" EMT 90 ELBOW 14 6,040.90 C 4,832.72 $676.58 3" PLASTIC BUSHING 14 345.88 C 276.7 $38.74 #12 THHN 250 113.35 M 185.2 $46.30 #12 THHN SOLID 3,658 97.77 M 185.2 $677.46 #4 THHN 515 665.35 M 1,170.47 $602.79 #2 THHN 1,348 1,032.17 M 1,847.89 $2,490.96 #350MCM THHN 2,345 5,468.86 M 7,775.71 $18,234.04 #6 BARE-CU 766 388.36 M 658.5 $504.41 #250 MINERAL INSULATED 600V 1,336 0 M 10,293.00 $13,751.45 4x2-1/8" SQ BOX COMB KO 15 109.06 C 54.53 $8.18 4" SQ BLANK COVER 15 34.84 C 17.42 $2.61 12" LADDER TRAY 271 0 E 0 Quote 12" LADDER HORZ 90DEG ELBOW 2 0 E 0 Quote 12" LADDER HORZ TEE SECT 1 0 E 0 Quote 18" LADDER TRAY 26 0 E 0 Quote 18" LADDER HORZ TEE SECT 1 0 E 0 Quote 18" LADDER HORZ WYE SECT 1 0 E 0 Quote 24" LADDER TRAY 51 0 E 0 Quote 24" LADDER HORZ TEE SECT 1 0 E 0 Quote 24" LADDER HORZ WYE SECT 1 0 E 0 Quote 24" LADDER HORZ CROSS SECT 1 0 E 0 Quote 6" BASKET TRAY 348 0 E 0 Quote 6" BASKET HORZ 90DEG ELBOW 2 0 E 0 Quote 6" BASKET HORZ TEE SECT 2 0 E 0 Quote 6" BASKET HORZ CROSS SECT 2 0 E 0 Quote P-1000 1 5/8" STRUT 193 483.9 C 387.12 $747.14 1/4"x20 SCREW ANCHOR 278 47.4 C 37.92 $105.42 1/4" PLATED T-ROD 557 21.28 C 17.02 $94.80 3/8" PLATED T-ROD 72 44.88 C 35.9 $25.85 1/4-20 HEX NUT (PLATED)557 3.3 C 2.64 $14.70 3/8-16 HEX NUT (PLATED)72 8.31 C 6.65 $4.79 1/4" LOCK WASHER (PLT)557 1.15 C 1.15 $6.41 3/8" LOCK WASHER (PLT)72 2.61 C 2.61 $1.88 1/4" FENDER WASHER 557 6.09 C 6.09 $33.92 3/8" FENDER WASHER 72 5.99 C 5.99 $4.31 1/4-20 BEAM CLAMP 278 53.35 C 48.02 $133.50 3/8-16 BEAM CLAMP 36 266.03 C 239.43 $86.19 1/2" - 1" COMM SUPPORT 343 1 E 1 $343.00 3" - 4" COMM. SUPPORT 32 2.9 E 2.9 $92.80 BOX SUPPORT HOLD-ITS 15 300 C 300 $45.00 PUSH BUTTON STATION 5 0 E 250 $1,250.00 #4-2/0 CABLE TRAY CLAMP 70 1,179.98 C 1,061.98 $743.39 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00450 Rocky Mountain Tela/Data Ddifeo@RMTD.net Low Voltage Feeders Y N National Networks garrett.west@nnsi.net Low Voltage Feeders N Y Murphy Mechanical spettitt@murphynet.com Mechanical N Y Resa Power brian.spence@resapower.com Testing N Y Vertiv jim.wiley@vertiv.com Testing N N Flynn denverservice@flynn companies.com Roofing N Y Caisson Company haley@caissonco.com Bollards N Y Superior Demo estimating@superiordemo.com Demo Y Y Kevin Knox KK Design Phase Manger 3/6/23 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00460 Weifield Group Contracting Ft. Collins Charging Stations Kevin Knox 720.935.4336 kknox@weifieldgroup.com Email 9750 3/10/23 3% Superior Demo Demo Kevin Knox DPM Kevin Knox 3/10/23 $13,977.00 $13,977.00 $13,977.00 3.1% DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00470 BUY AMERICA The contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49 C.F.R. 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for 15 passenger vans and 15 passenger wagons produced by Chrysler Corporation, and microcomputer equipment and software. Separate requirements for rolling stock are set out at 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) and 49 C.F.R. 661.11. Rolling stock must be assembled in the United States and have a 60 percent domestic content. A bidder or offeror must submit to the FTA recipient the appropriate Buy America certification (below) with all bids or offers on FTA-funded contracts, except those subject to a general waiver. Bids or offers that are not accompanied by a completed Buy America certification must be rejected as nonresponsive. This requirement does not apply to lower tier subcontractors. BIDDER MUST SIGN ONE (1) OF THE FOLLOWING: Certification requirement for procurement of steel, iron, or manufactured products. Certificate of Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) and the applicable regulations in 49 C.F.R. Part 661.5. Date _______________________________________________________________________ Signature ____________________________________________________________________ Company Name _______________________________________________________________ Title ________________________________________________________________________ Certificate of Non-Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) and 49 C.F.R. 661.5, but it may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(A), 5323(j)(2)(B), or 5323(j)(2)(D), and 49 C.F.R. 661.7. Date _______________________________________________________________________ Signature ____________________________________________________________________ Company Name ______________________________________________________________ Title ________________________________________________________________________ 3/10/23 Weifield Group Contracting, Inc Dir. Preconstruction Sales 3/10/23 Weifield Group Contracting, Inc Dir. Preconstruction Sales DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over % of the contract. ITEM & ESTIMATED % OF PROJECT SUBCONTRACTOR Murphy Mechanical The Caisson Company Flynn Roofing Concrete Bollards Roofing Mechanical Demo Saw Cutting Low Voltage Feeders National Networks Superior Demo DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD DATE: May 5, 2023 TO: Weifield Group Contracting, INC. PROJECT: 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated March 10, 2023 for the above project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses. The Price of your Agreement is Four Hundred Seventy Two Thousand Nine Hundred One Dollars ($472,901.00). Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by May 5, 2023. 1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully-signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: Gerry Paul Purchasing Director DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 5th day of May in the year of 2023 and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City. The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and Weifield Group Contracting, INC (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses. ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by Farnsworth Group, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete by August 23, 2024 and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions within thirty (30) calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as Liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter. 1) Substantial Completion: FIVE HUNDRED Dollars ($500.0) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after August 23, 2024 for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete. 2) Final Acceptance: DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 After Substantial Completion, THREE HUNDRED Dollars ($300.00) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the thirty (30) calendar day period for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: Four Hundred Seventy Two Thousand Nine Hundred One Dollars ($472,901.00), in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, Owner will be entitled to withhold as contract retainage five percent (5%) of each progress payment, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. If , in the sole discretion of Owner, on recommendation of Engineer, Owner determines that the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 95% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application Section 00520 Page 3 for payment. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient, if necessary, to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. 6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions. 6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of “Contract Documents” in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following: 7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance 7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases 7.2.4 Consent of Surety 7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate 7.2.6 Application for Payment 7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows: GENERAL G0.1 SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL M0.1 GENERAL INFORMATION M1.1 OVERALL MECHANICAL PLAN ELECTRICAL E0.1 GENERAL INFORMATION E0.2 GENERAL INFORMATION E0.3 SPECIFICATIONS E0.4 SPECIFICATIONS E0.5 SPECIFICATIONS E0.6 SPECIFICATIONS E2.1 FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN E2.2 FIRST FLOOR CABLE PLAN E4.1 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E5.1 SCHEDULES E6.1 DETAILS E6.2 DETAILS The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated. 7.4. Addenda Numbers 1 to 3, inclusive. 7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document. 8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document. OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR: WEIFIELD GROUP CONTRACTING, INC. By: PRINTED By: GERRY PAUL Title: PURCHASING DIRECTOR Date: Date: Attest: (CORPORATE SEAL) Address for giving notices: P. O. Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 Attest: Approved as to Form Address for giving notices: License No.: DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Seth Anderson 5/16/2023 Ceo 6950 South Jordan Road Centennial CO 80112Assistant City Attorney 5/23/2023 City Clerk SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED Description of Work: 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses To: Weifield Group Contracting, INC. This notice is to advise you: That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER. That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents. Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within fifteen (15) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement. Dated this 5th day of May, 2023. The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be August 23, 2024 and September 22, 2024, respectively. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: Title: ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of , 20__. CONTRACTOR: Weifield Group Contracting, INC. By: Title: DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (firm) (address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of Four Hundred Seventy Two Thousand Nine Hundred One Dollars ($472,901.00) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 5th day of May in the year of 2023, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins Project, 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this _____ day of _____ ____, 20__. IN PRESENCE OF: Principal (Title) (Title) (Corporate Seal) (Address) IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners _____________________________ By: _____________________________ By: IN PRESENCE OF: Surety _____________________________ By:_____________________________________ _____________________________ (Address) (Surety Seal) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (firm) (address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of Four Hundred Seventy Two Thousand Nine Hundred One Dollars ($472,901.00) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 5th day of May in the year of 2023, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins Project, 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20__. IN PRESENCE OF: Principal (Title) (Title) (Corporate Seal) (Address) IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners _____________________________ By: _____________________________ By: IN PRESENCE OF: Surety _____________________________ By:_____________________________________ _____________________________ (Address) (Surety Seal) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance in accordance with the following requirements: 1. The Contractor will provide, from insurance companies acceptable to the City, the insurance coverage designated hereinafter and pay all costs. Before commencing work under this bid, the Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and date of expiration of policies, and containing substantially the following statement: “The insurance evidenced by this Certificate will not reduce coverage or limits and will not be cancelled, except after thirty (30) days written notice has been received by the City of Fort Collins.” In case of the breach of any provision of the Insurance Requirements, the City, at its option, may take out and maintain, at the expense of the Contractor, such insurance as the City may deem proper and may deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies which may be due or become due the Contractor under this Agreement. The City, its officers, agents and employees shall be named as additional insureds on the Contractor 's general liability and automobile liability insurance policies for any claims arising out of work performed under this Agreement. 2. Insurance coverages shall be as follows: A. Workers' Compensation & Employer's Liability. The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Agreement for all of the Contractor's employees engaged in work performed under this agreement: 1. Workers' Compensation insurance with statutory limits as required by Colorado law. 2. Employer's Liability insurance with limits of $100,000 per accident, $500,000 disease aggregate, and $100,000 disease each employee. B. Commercial General & Vehicle Liability. The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Agreement such commercial general liability and automobile liability insurance as will provide coverage for damage claims of personal injury, including accidental death, as well as for claims for property damage, which may arise directly or indirectly from the performance of work under this Agreement. Coverage for property damage shall be on a "broad form" basis. The amount of insurance for each coverage, Commercial General and Vehicle, shall not be less than $1,000,000 combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage. In the event any work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for any liability directly or indirectly arising out of the work performed under this Agreement by a subcontractor, which liability is not covered by the subcontractor's insurance DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: OWNER: City of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR: Weifield Group Contracting, INC. CONTRACT DATE: May 5, 2023 The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on . The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: OWNER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE REMARKS: DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE , 20__ TO: Weifield Group Contracting, INC. Gentlemen: You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20__, the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by Weifield Group Contracting, INC. for the City of Fort Collins project, 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses. A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated May 5th, 2023. In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date:____________ _, 20__. Sincerely, OWNER: City of Fort Collins By: Title: ATTEST: Title: DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM: Weifield Group Contracting, INC. (CONTRACTOR) PROJECT: 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project. 2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims. 5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Signed this day of , 20__. CONTRACTOR: WEIFIELD GROUP CONTRACTING, INC. By: Title: ATTEST: Secretary STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss. COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20__, by . Witness my hand and official seal. Notary Public My Commission Expires: DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: Weifield Group Contracting, INC. PROJECT: 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses CONTRACT DATE: May 5, 2023 In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for . (Surety) on bond of hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of , 20____ . (Surety Company) By: ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00670 APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions. 4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the report. B. 4.2.1.2.1 No drawing of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in Paragraph 4.3) which are at or contiguous to the site have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, except the following: SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8. The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows: 5.4.1 and 5.4.2 Coverage A - Statutory Limits Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner. 5.4.6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). 5.4.9 This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SC-8.10 OWNER’s Project Manager A. Add the following language to ARTICLE 8: 8.10. The OWNER will provide a Project Manager. The CONTRACTOR shall direct all questions concerning Contract interpretation, Change Orders, and other requests for clarification or instruction to the Project Manager. 8.10.1 Authority: The Project Manager will be the OWNER's representative during the construction of the project. The Project Manager shall have the authority set forth in the OWNER's Capital Project Procedures Manual. The Project Manager shall have the authority to reject work and materials whenever such rejection may be necessary to ensure the proper performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10.2 Duties and Responsibilities: The Project Manager will make periodic visits to the project site to observe the progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall not be required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections to check the progress or quality of the Work. The Project Manager shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions or programs in connection with the Work, or for any failure of the Contractor to comply with laws and regulation applicable to the performance or furnishing of the Work. Visits and observations made by the Project Manager shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work, to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work, and to provide adequate safety precautions in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall at all times have access to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities for such access so the Project Manager may perform his or her functions under the Contract Documents. 8.10.3 One or more Resident Construction Inspector(s) (RCI) may be assigned to assist the Project Manager in providing observation of the Work, to determine whether or not the Work is proceeding according to the construction documents. CONTRACTOR will receive written notification from the OWNER of any RCI assignments. The RCI shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The RCI will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 RCI's dealings in matters pertaining to the on-site work will be to keep the Project Manager properly apprised about such matters. 8.10.4 Communications: All instructions, approvals, and decisions of the Project Manager shall be in writing. The CONTRACTOR may not rely on instructions, approvals, or decisions of the Project Manager until the same are reduced to writing. SC-12.3 Add the following language to the end of paragraph 12.3. Contractor will include in the project schedule zero (0) days lost due to abnormal weather conditions. SC-13.12 Correction Period: A. Remove paragraph 13.12.1 and replace with: If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER’s written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repairs or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. SC-12.3 Add the following language to the end of paragraph 12.3. Contractor will include in the project schedule zero (0) days lost due to abnormal weather conditions. SC-DB Davis Bacon Wage Rates A. The terms and conditions set forth in the following pages are hereby incorporated as part of this Agreement. SC-FED Federal Terms & Conditions A. The terms and conditions set forth in the following pages are hereby incorporated as part of this Agreement. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DAVIS BACON WAGE RATES DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 "General Decision Number: CO20230024 01/13/2023 Superseded General Decision Number: CO20220024 State: Colorado Construction Type: Building County: Larimer County in Colorado. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). ______________________________________________________________ |If the contract is entered |. Executive Order 14026 | |into on or after January 30, | generally applies to the | |2022, or the contract is | contract. | |renewed or extended (e.g., an |. The contractor must pay | |option is exercised) on or | all covered workers at | |after January 30, 2022: | least $16.20 per hour (or | | | the applicable wage rate | | | listed on this wage | | | determination, if it is | | | higher) for all hours | | | spent performing on the | | | contract in 2023. | |______________________________|_____________________________| |If the contract was awarded on|. Executive Order 13658 | |or between January 1, 2015 and| generally applies to the | |January 29, 2022, and the | contract. | |contract is not renewed or |. The contractor must pay all| |extended on or after January | covered workers at least | |30, 2022: | $12.15 per hour (or the | | | applicable wage rate listed| | | on this wage determination,| | | if it is higher) for all | | | hours spent performing on | | | that contract in 2023. | |______________________________|_____________________________| The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at http://www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/06/2023 1 01/13/2023 ELEC0068-002 06/01/2022 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN......................$ 41.30 17.87 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * ELEV0025-001 01/01/2023 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECHANIC................$ 51.94 37.335 FOOTNOTE: a.Vacation: 6%/under 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. 8%/over 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. b. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Veterans' Day; Thanksgiving Day; the Friday after Thanksgiving Day; and Christmas Day. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0009-017 05/01/2021 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (Crane) 141 tons and over...........$ 35.17 12.35 50 tons and under...........$ 31.70 12.35 51 to 90 tons...............$ 31.97 12.35 91 to 140 tons..............$ 33.05 12.35 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0024-009 12/01/2022 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL...........$ 31.00 24.59 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0024-010 12/01/2022 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL...........$ 31.00 24.59 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0079-009 08/01/2022 Rates Fringes PAINTER (Spray)..................$ 25.11 10.95 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0419-002 06/01/2022 Rates Fringes FLOOR LAYER: Carpet Only.........$ 16.25 14.33 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0003-010 06/01/2022 Rates Fringes PLUMBER (Excludes HVAC Duct and Pipe Installation)...........$ 41.33 19.29 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0208-011 06/01/2022 Rates Fringes PIPEFITTER (Includes HVAC Pipe Installation; Excludes HVAC Duct Installation)..........$ 40.50 18.62 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0009-007 07/01/2022 Rates Fringes SHEET METAL WORKER (Includes HVAC Duct Installation; Excludes HVAC Pipe Installation)....................$ 37.17 20.05 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * SUCO2013-010 07/31/2015 Rates Fringes ACOUSTICAL CEILING MECHANIC......$ 21.08 0.00 BRICKLAYER.......................$ 21.96 0.00 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 CARPENTER (Drywall Finishing/Taping Only)...........$ 17.49 0.00 CARPENTER (Drywall Hanging Only)............................$ 16.91 0.00 CARPENTER, Excludes Acoustical Ceiling Installation, Drywall Finishing/Taping, and Drywall Hanging..........................$ 21.87 4.83 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 21.44 10.23 INSULATOR - MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe & Mechanical System Insulation)...............$ 18.46 3.10 LABORER: Common or General......$ 13.87 ** 2.80 LABORER: Mason Tender - Brick...$ 15.99 ** 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete..................$ 16.00 ** 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer..............$ 16.96 3.68 OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe.......$ 20.78 5.78 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader................$ 18.58 2.42 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade..........$ 21.50 0.00 PAINTER (Brush and Roller).......$ 17.00 1.81 ROOFER...........................$ 16.03 ** 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck........$ 17.34 0.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ ** Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026 ($16.20) or 13658 ($12.15). Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour National Office because National Office has responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION" DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 FEDERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION FEDERALLY REQUIRED AND OTHER MODEL CONTRACT CLAUSES TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. NO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OBLIGATION TO THIRD PARTIES 73 2. RECORDS RETENTIONS AND ACCESS TO SITES OF PERFORMANCE 73 3. FEDERAL CHANGES 74 4. CIVIL RIGHTS (EEO, TITLE VI & ADA) 74 5. INCORPORATION OF FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION (FTA) TERMS 78 6. ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS 78 7. VETERANS EMPLOYEMENT 78 8. PROHIBITION ON CERTAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SERVICES OR EQUIPMENT (2 CFR §200.216) 79 9. TERMINATION PROVISIONS (APPENDIX II TO PART 200) 79 10. GOVERNMENT-WIDE DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION 79 11. NOTICE TO FTA AND U.S. DOT INSPECTOR GENERAL OF INFORMATION RELATED TO FRAUD, WASTE, ABUSE OR OTHER LEGAL MATTERS 80 12. BYRD ANTI-LOBBYING AMENDMENT (31 U.S.C. 1352) 81 13. BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS 81 14. CLEAN AIR AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT 82 15. ADMINISTRATIVE, CONTRACTUAL, OR LEGAL REMEDIES OR BREACH – (APPENDIX II TO PART 200) 82 16. CARGO PREFERENCE REQUIREMENTS 83 17. FLY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS 83 18. DAVIS-BACON ACT (APPENDIX II TO PART 200) 83 19. COPELAND ANTI-KICKBACK ACTS (APPENDIX II TO PART 200) 83 20. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT (APPENDIX II TO PART 200) 83 21. BONDING REQUIREMENTS (2 CRF 200.326) 85 22. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (APPENDIX II TO PART 200) 85 23. SEISMIC SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 87 24. SPECIAL DOL CLAUSE 88 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 25. NONCONSTRUCTION EMPLOYEE PROTECTION (CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT) 88 26. TRANSIT EMPLOYEE PROTECTIVE ARRANGEMENTS 88 27. DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING 89 28. RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT 90 29. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) & PROMPT PAYMENT 90 30. PROMPT PAYMENT AND RETURN OF RETAINAGE 91 31. 6002 OF THE SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL ACT (2 CFR 200.322) 91 32. ADA ACCESS 91 33. ASSIGNABILITY 92 34. CITY OF FORT COLLINS BID PROTEST PROCEDURES 92 35. TITLE VI OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964 92 36. INCREASING SEAT BELT USE IN THE UNITED STATES 92 37. REDUCING TEXT MESSAGING WHILE DRIVING 93 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 1. NO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OBLIGATION TO THIRD PARTIES Applies to all FTA-Assisted Third-Party Contracts and Subcontracts. No Obligation by the Federal Government. 1. The Purchaser and Contractor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any concurrence by the Federal Government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying contract, absent the express written consent by the Federal Government, the Federal Government is not a party to this contract and shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to the Purchaser, Contractor, or any other party (whether or not a party to that contract) pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying contract. 2. The Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clause shall not be modified, except to identify the sub-contractor who will be subject to it provisions. 2. Records retentions and access to sites of performance Applies to all FTA-Assisted Third-Party Contracts and Subcontracts. 1. For a period of three years following Contract closing, the Contractor and its subcontractors shall maintain, preserve and make available to the City, the FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General of the United States, and any of their authorized representatives, access at all reasonable times to any books, documents, papers and records of Contractor which are directly pertinent to this Contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts and transcriptions. Contractor also agrees, otherwise comply with 49 U.S.C. § 5325(g), and federal access to records requirements as set forth in the applicable U.S. DOT Common Rule. 2. The Contractor shall maintain and the City shall have the right to examine and audit all records and other evidence sufficient to reflect properly all prices, costs or rates negotiated and invoiced in performance of this Contract. This right of examination shall include inspection at all reasonable times of the Contractor’s offices engaged in performing the Contract. 3. If this Contract is completely or partially terminated, the Contractor shall make available the records relating to the work terminated until 3 years after any resulting final termination settlement. The Contractor shall make available records relating to appeals under the Disputes clause or to litigation or the settlement of claims arising under or relating to this Contract until such appeals, litigation, or claims are finally resolved. 4. Access to Records and Reports” applies with equal force and effect to any subcontractors hired by the Contractor to perform Work under this Contract. The Contractor shall insert this provision in all subcontracts under this Contract and require subcontractor compliance therewith. 5. Access to the Sites of Performance. The Recipient agrees to permit, and to require its Third Party Participants to permit, FTA to have access to the sites of performance of its Award, the accompanying Underlying Agreement, and any Amendments thereto, and to make site visits as needed in compliance with the U.S. DOT Common Rules. 6. Closeout. Closeout of the Award does not alter the record retention or access requirements of this section of this Master Agreement. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 3. FEDERAL CHANGES Applies to all FTA-Assisted Third-Party Contracts and Subcontracts. Federal Changes - Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including without limitation those listed directly or by reference in the Master Agreement between Purchaser and FTA, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this contract. Contractor's failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this contract. 4. CIVIL RIGHTS (EEO, TITLE VI & ADA) Applies to all FTA-Assisted Third-Party Contracts and Subcontracts. The following requirements apply to the underlying contract: a) The Recipient agrees that it must comply with applicable federal civil rights laws, regulations, requirements, and guidance, and follow applicable federal guidance, except as the Federal Government determines otherwise in writing. Therefore, unless a Recipient or a federal program, including the Tribal Transit Program or the Indian Tribe Recipient, is specifically exempted from a civil rights statute, FTA requires compliance with that civil rights statute, including compliance with equity in service. b) Nondiscrimination in Federal Public Transportation Programs. The Recipient agrees to, and assures that it and each Third-Party Participant, will: (1) Prohibit discrimination based on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, disability, or age. (2) Prohibit the: (a) Exclusion from participation in employment or a business opportunity for reasons identified in 49 U.S.C. § 5332, (b) Denial of program benefits in employment or a business opportunity identified in 49 U.S.C. § 5332, or (c) Discrimination, including discrimination in employment or a business opportunity identified in 49 U.S.C. § 5332. (3) Follow: (a) The most recent edition of FTA Circular 4702.1, “Title VI Requirements and Guidelines for Federal Transit Administration Recipients,” to the extent consistent with applicable federal laws, regulations, requirements, and guidance, and other applicable federal guidance that may be issued, but (b) FTA does not require an Indian Tribe to comply with FTA program- specific guidelines for Title VI when administering its Underlying Agreement supported with federal assistance under the Tribal Transit Program. c) Nondiscrimination – Title VI of the Civil Rights Act. The Recipient agrees to, and assures that each Third Party Participant, will: (1) Prohibit discrimination based on race, color, or national origin, (2) Comply with: (a) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq., (b) U.S. DOT regulations, “Nondiscrimination in Federally-Assisted Programs of the Department of Transportation – Effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964,” 49 C.F.R. part 21, and (c) Federal transit law, specifically 49 U.S.C. § 5332, and (3) Follow: (a) The most recent edition of FTA Circular 4702.1, “Title VI Requirements and Guidelines for Federal Transit Administration Recipients,” to the extent consistent with applicable federal laws, regulations, requirements, and guidance, (b) U.S. DOJ, “Guidelines for the enforcement of Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964,” 28 C.F.R. § 50.3, and (c) All other applicable federal guidance that may be issued. d) Equal Employment Opportunity. (1) Federal Requirements and Guidance. The Recipient agrees to, and assures that each Third Party Participant will, prohibit discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin, and: (a) Comply with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 et seq., (b) Facilitate compliance with Executive Order No. 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity,” as amended by Executive Order No. 11375, “Amending Executive Order No. 11246, Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” 42U.S.C. § 2000e note, (c) Comply with Federal transit law, specifically 49 U.S.C. § 5332, as stated in section a, and (d) Comply with FTA Circular 4704.1other applicable EEO laws and regulations, as provided in Federal guidance, including laws and regulations prohibiting discrimination on the basis of disability, except as the Federal Government determines otherwise in writing, (2) General. The Recipient agrees to: (a) Ensure that applicants for employment are employed and employees are treated during employment without discrimination on the basis of their: 1 Race, 2 Color, 3 Religion, 4 Sex, 5 Disability, 6 Age, or 7 National origin, (b) Take affirmative action that includes, but is not limited to: 1 Recruitment advertising, 2 Recruitment, 3Employment, 4 Rates of pay, 5 Other forms of compensation, 6 Selection for training, including apprenticeship, 7 Upgrading, 8 Transfers, 9 Demotions, 10 Layoffs, and 11 Terminations, but (b) Indian Tribe. Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, exempts Indian Tribes under the definition of "Employer". (3) Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements for Construction Activities. In addition to the foregoing, when undertaking “construction” as recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor (U.S. DOL), the Recipient agrees to comply, and assures the compliance of each Third Party Participant, with: (a) U.S. DOL regulations, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, September 2019 Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor,” 41 C.F.R. chapter 60, and (b) Executive Order No. 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity,” as amended by Executive Order No. 11375, “Amending Executive Order No. 11246, Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” 42U.S.C. § 2000e note. e) Disadvantaged Business Enterprise. To the extent authorized by applicable federal laws and regulations, the Recipient agrees to facilitate, and assures that each Third- Party Participant will facilitate, participation by small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, also referred to as “Disadvantaged Business Enterprises” (DBEs), in the Underlying Agreement as follows: (1) Statutory and Regulatory Requirements. The Recipient agrees to comply with: (a) Section 1101(b) of the FAST Act, 23 U.S.C. §101 note, (b) U.S. DOT regulations, “Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in Department of Transportation Financial Assistance Programs,” 49 C.F.R. part 26, and (c) Federal transit law, specifically 49 U.S.C. § 5332, as provided in section 12a of this Master Agreement. (2) DBE Program Requirements. A Recipient that receives planning, capital and/or operating assistance and that will award prime third-party contracts exceeding $250,000 in a federal fiscal year must have a DBE program meeting the requirements of 49 C.F.R. Part 26, which is approved by FTA, and establish an annual DBE participation goal. (3) Special Requirements for a Transit Vehicle Manufacturer (TVM). The Recipient agrees that: (a) TVM Certification. Each TVM, as a condition of being authorized to bid or propose on FTA-assisted transit vehicle procurements, must certify that it has complied with the requirements of 49 C.F.R. part 26, and (b) Reporting TVM Awards. Within 30 days of any third-party contract award for a vehicle purchase, the Recipient must submit to FTA the name of the TVM contractor and the total dollar value of the third-party contract and notify FTA that this information has been attached to FTA’s electronic award and management system, the Recipient must also submit subsequent notifications if options are exercised in subsequent years to ensure the TVM is still in good standing. (4) Assurance. As required by 49 C.F.R. § 26.13(a): (a) Recipient Assurance. The Recipient agrees and assures that: 1 It must not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the award and DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 performance of any FTA or U.S. DOT-assisted contract, or in the administration of its DBE program or the requirements of 49 C.F.R. part 26, 2 It must take all necessary and reasonable steps under 49 C.F.R. part 26 to ensure nondiscrimination in the award and administration of U.S. DOT- assisted contracts, 3 Its DBE program, as required under 49 C.F.R. part 26 and as approved by U.S. DOT, is incorporated by reference and made part of the Underlying Agreement, and 4 Implementation of its DBE program approved by U.S. DOT is a legal obligation and failure to carry out its terms shall be treated as a violation of this Master Agreement. (b) Subrecipient/Third Party Contractor/Third Party Subcontractor Assurance. The Recipient agrees and assures that it will include the following assurance in each subagreement and third party contract it signs with a Subrecipient or Third Party Contractor and agrees to obtain the agreement of each of its Subrecipients, Third Party Contractors, and Third Party Subcontractors to include the following assurance in every subagreement and third party contract it signs: 1 The Subrecipient, each Third Party Contractor, and each Third Party Subcontractor must not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the award and performance of any FTA or U.S. DOT-assisted subagreement, third party contract, and third party subcontract, as applicable, and the administration of its DBE program or the requirements of 49 C.F.R. part 26, 2 The Subrecipient, each Third Party Contractor, and each Third Party Subcontractor must take all necessary and reasonable steps under 49 C.F.R. part 26 to ensure nondiscrimination in the award and administration of U.S. DOT-assisted subagreements, third party contracts, and third party subcontracts, as applicable, 3 Failure by the Subrecipient and any of its Third Party Contractors or Third Party Subcontractors to carry out the requirements of this subparagraph 13.d(4)(b) is a material breach of this subagreement, third party contract, or third party subcontract, as applicable, and 4 The following remedies, or such other remedy as the Recipient deems appropriate, include, but are not limited to, withholding monthly progress payments; assessing sanctions; liquidated damages; and/or disqualifying the Subrecipient, Third Party Contractor, or Third Party Subcontractor from future bidding as non-responsible. (5) Remedies. Upon notification to the Recipient of its failure to carry out its approved program, FTA or U.S. DOT may impose sanctions as provided for under 49 C.F.R. part 26, and, in appropriate cases, refer the matter for enforcement under either or both 18 U.S.C. § 1001, and/or the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, 31 U.S.C. § 3801 et seq. f) Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Sex. The Recipient agrees to comply with federal prohibitions against discrimination on the basis of sex, including: (1) Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, 20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq., (2) U.S. DOT regulations, “Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Sex in Education Programs or Activities Receiving Federal Financial Assistance,” 49 C.F.R. part 25, and (3) Federal transit law, specifically 49 U.S.C. § 5332. g) Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Age. The Recipient agrees to comply with federal prohibitions against discrimination on the basis of age, including: (1) The Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. §§ 621 – 634, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of age, (2) U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (U.S. EEOC) regulations, “Age Discrimination in Employment Act,” 29 C.F.R. part 1625, (3) The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6101 et seq., which prohibits discrimination against individuals on the basis of age in the administration of Programs, Projects, and related activities receiving federal assistance, (4) U.S. Health and Human Services regulations, “Nondiscrimination on DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 the Basis of Age in Programs or Activities Receiving Federal Financial Assistance,” 45 C.F.R. part 90, and (5) Federal transit law, specifically 49 U.S.C. § 5332. h) Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability. The Recipient agrees to comply with the following federal prohibitions against discrimination on the basis of disability: (1) Federal laws, including: (a) section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 794, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability in the administration of federally assisted Programs, Projects, or activities, (b) The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq., which requires that accessible facilities and services be made available to individuals with disabilities: 1 For FTA Recipients generally, Titles I, II, and III of the ADA apply, but 2 For Indian Tribes, Titles II and III of the ADA apply, but Title I of the ADA does not apply because it exempts Indian Tribes from the definition of “employer,” (c) The Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 4151 et seq., which requires that buildings and public accommodations be accessible to individuals with disabilities, (d) Federal transit law, specifically 49 U.S.C. § 5332, which now includes disability as a prohibited basis for discrimination, and (e) Other applicable federal laws, regulations and requirements pertaining to access for seniors or individuals with disabilities. (2) Federal regulations, including: (a) U.S. DOT regulations, “Transportation Services for Individuals with Disabilities (ADA),” 49 C.F.R. part 37, (b) U.S. DOT regulations, “Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability in Programs and Activities Receiving or Benefiting from Federal Financial Assistance,” 49 C.F.R. part 27, (c) Joint U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (U.S. ATBCB) and U.S. DOT regulations, “Americans With Disabilities (ADA) Accessibility Specifications for Transportation Vehicles,” 36 C.F.R. part 1192 and 49 C.F.R. part 38, (d) U.S. DOT regulations, “Transportation for Individuals with Disabilities: Passenger Vessels,” 49 C.F.R. part 39, (e) U.S. DOJ regulations, “Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability in State and Local Government Services,” 28 C.F.R. part 35, (f) U.S. DOJ regulations, “Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability by Public Accommodations and in Commercial Facilities,” 28 C.F.R. part 36, (g) U.S. EEOC, “Regulations to Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act,” 29 C.F.R. part 1630, (h) U.S. Federal Communications Commission regulations, “Telecommunications Relay Services and Related Customer Premises Equipment for Persons with Disabilities,” 47 C.F.R. part 64, Subpart F, (i) U.S. ATBCB regulations, “Electronic and Information Technology Accessibility Standards,” 36 C.F.R. part 1194, and (j) FTA regulations, “Transportation for Elderly and Handicapped Persons,” 49 C.F.R. part 609, and (k) Other applicable federal civil rights and nondiscrimination guidance. (i) Drug or Alcohol Abuse - Confidentiality and Other Civil Rights Protections. The Recipient agrees to comply with the confidentiality and civil rights protections of: (1) The Drug Abuse Office and Treatment Act of 1972, as amended, 21 U.S.C. § 1101 et seq., (2) The Comprehensive Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Prevention, Treatment and Rehabilitation Act of 1970, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 4541 et seq., and (3) The Public Health Service Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 290dd – 290dd-2. (j) Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency. The Recipient agrees to promote accessibility of public transportation services to persons with limited understanding of English by following: (1) Executive Order No. 13166, “Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency,” August 11, 2000, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d-1 note, and (2) U.S. DOT Notice, “DOT Policy Guidance Concerning Recipients’ Responsibilities to Limited English Proficiency (LEP) Persons,” 70 Fed. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Reg. 74087, December 14, 2005. (k) Other Nondiscrimination Laws, Regulations, Requirements, and Guidance. The Recipient agrees to comply with other applicable federal nondiscrimination laws, regulations, and requirements, and follow federal guidance prohibiting discrimination. (l) Remedies. Remedies for failure to comply with applicable federal Civil Rights laws, regulations, requirements, and guidance may be enforced as provided in those federal laws, regulations, or requirements. (m) Free Speech and Religious Liberty. The recipient shall ensure that Federal funding is expended in full accordance with the U.S. Constitution, Federal Law, and statutory and public policy requirements: including, but not limited to, those protecting free speech, religious liberty, public welfare, the environment, and prohibiting discrimination. 5. INCORPORATION OF FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION (FTA) TERMS (Per FTA C 4330.1F) Applies to all FTA-Assisted Third-Party Contracts and Subcontracts. Incorporation of Federal Transit Administration (FTA) Terms - The preceding provisions include, in part, certain Standard Terms and Conditions required by DOT, whether or not expressly set forth in the preceding contract provisions. All contractual provisions required by DOT, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1F, are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, all FTA mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in this Agreement. The Contractor shall not perform any act, fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any City requests which would cause the City to be in violation of the FTA terms and conditions. 6. ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS Applies to all FTA-Assisted Third-Party Contracts and Subcontracts. Energy Conservation - The contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation plans under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended 42 U.S.C. § 6321, et. seq., and perform an energy assessment for any building constructed, reconstructed, or modified with federal assistance required under FTA regulations, “Requirements for Energy Assessments,” 49 CFR Part 622, subpart C. 7. Veterans employment Applies to all FTA-Assisted Third-Party Contracts and Subcontracts. Veterans Employment. As provided by 49 U.S.C. § 5325(k): To the extent practicable, the contractor agrees and assures that each of its subcontractors: 1. Will give a hiring preference to veterans (as defined in 5 U.S.C. § 2108), who have the skills and abilities required to perform construction work required under a third-party contract in connection with a capital project supported with funds made available or appropriated for 49 U.S.C. chapter 53, and 2. Will not require an employer to give a preference to any veteran over any equally qualified applicant who is a member of any racial or ethnic minority, female, an individual with a disability, or a former employee. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 8. Prohibition on certain telecommunications and video surveillance services or equipment (2 CFR §200.216) Applies to all FTA-Assisted Third-Party Contracts and Subcontracts. Contractor is prohibited from using equipment, services, or systems that uses covered telecommunications equipment or services as a substantial or essential component of any system, or as critical technology as part of any system. As described in Public Law 115-232, section 889, covered telecommunications equipment is telecommunications equipment produced by Huawei Technologies Company or ZTE Corporation (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities). a. For the purpose of public safety, security of government facilities, physical security surveillance of critical infrastructure, and other national security purposes, video surveillance and telecommunications equipment produced by Hytera Communications Corporation, Hangzhou Hikvision Digital Technology Company, or Dahua Technology Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities). b. Telecommunications or video surveillance services provided by such entities or using such equipment. c. Telecommunications or video surveillance equipment or services produced or provided by an entity that the Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the Director of the National Intelligence or the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, reasonably believes to be an entity owned or controlled by, or otherwise connected to, the government of a covered foreign country. 9. TERMINATION Provisions (appendix II to Part 200) Applies to all contracts except micro-purchases. a. Termination for Convenience. The City may terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, for any reason, upon five (5) days written notice to the Contractor. In such event, the City shall pay the Contractor its costs, including reasonable Contract close-out costs, and profit on Work performed up to the time of termination. The Contractor shall promptly submit its termination claim to the City to be paid the Contractor. If the Contractor has any property in its possession belonging to the City, the Contractor will account for the same, and dispose of it in a manner the City directs. b. Termination for Breach. Either Party’s failure to perform any of its material obligations under this Contract, in whole or in part or in a timely or satisfactory manner, will be a breach. The institution of proceedings under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law, by or against Contractor, or the appointment of a receiver or similar officer for Contractor or any of its property, which is not vacated or fully stayed within thirty (30) days after the institution of such proceeding, will also constitute a breach. In the event of a breach, the non-breaching Party may provide written notice of the breach to the other Party. If the notified Party does not cure the breach, at its sole expense, within thirty (30) days after delivery of notice, the non-breaching Party may exercise any of its remedies provided under this Contract or at law, including immediate termination of the Contract. 10. GOVERNMENT-WIDE DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION Applies to all contracts and subcontracts exceeding $25,000. Suspension and Debarment Executive. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 The contractor attests that it is not listed on the government-wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM). The Contractor agrees to the following: (a) It will comply with the requirements of 2 C.F.R. part 180, subpart C, as adopted and supplemented by U.S. DOT regulations at 2 C.F.R. part 1200, which include the following: (a) It will not enter into any arrangement to participate in the development or implementation of the Project with any Third Party Participant that is debarred or suspended except as authorized by: 1 U.S. DOT regulations, “Non-procurement Suspension and Debarment,” 2 C.F.R. part 1200, 2 U.S. OMB, “Guidelines to Agencies on Government wide Debarment and Suspension (Non-procurement),” 2 C.F.R. part 180, including any amendments thereto, and 3 Executive Orders Nos. 12549 and 12689, “Debarment and Suspension,” 31 U.S.C. § 6101 note, (b) It will review the U.S. GSA “System for Award Management,” https://www.sam.gov, if required by U.S. DOT regulations, 2 C.F.R. part 1200, and (c) It will include, and require each of its Third Party Participants to include, a similar provision in each lower tier covered transaction, ensuring that each lower tier Third Party Participant: 1 Will comply with Federal debarment and suspension requirements, and 2 Reviews the “System for Award Management” at https://www.sam.gov, if necessary to comply with U.S. DOT regulations, 2 C.F.R. part 1200, and (b) If the Recipient suspends, debars, or takes any similar action against a Third-Party Participant or individual, the Recipient will provide immediate written notice to the: (a) FTA Regional Counsel for the Region in which the Recipient is located or implements the Project, (b) FTA Project Manager if the Project is administered by an FTA Headquarters Office, or (c) FTA Chief Counsel. 11. NOTICE TO FTA AND U.S. DOT INSPECTOR GENERAL OF INFORMATION RELATED TO FRAUD, WASTE, ABUSE OR OTHER LEGAL MATTERS Applies to all contracts and subcontracts exceeding $25,000. The prime contractor is required to “flow down” this requirement to subcontractors. a. If a current or prospective legal matter that may affect the Federal Government emerges, the Recipient must promptly notify the FTA Chief Counsel and FTA Regional Counsel for the Region in which the Recipient is located. The Recipient must include a similar notification requirement in its Third Party Agreements and must require each Third Party Participant to include an equivalent provision in its subagreements at every tier, for any agreement that is a “covered transaction” according to 2 C.F.R. §§ 180.220 and 1200.220. 1. The types of legal matters that require notification include, but are not limited to, a major dispute, breach, default, litigation, or naming the Federal Government as a party to litigation or a legal disagreement in any forum for any reason. 2. Matters that may affect the Federal Government include, but are not limited to, the Federal Government’s interests in the Award, the accompanying Underlying Agreement, and any Amendments thereto, or the Federal Government’s administration or enforcement of federal laws, regulations, and requirements. 3. Additional Notice to U.S. DOT Inspector General. The Recipient must promptly notify the U.S. DOT Inspector General in addition to the FTA Chief Counsel or Regional Counsel for the Region in which the Recipient is located, if the Recipient has knowledge of potential fraud, waste, or abuse occurring on a Project receiving DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 assistance from FTA. The notification provision applies if a person has or may have submitted a false claim under the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. § 3729, et seq., or has or may have committed a criminal or civil violation of law pertaining to such matters as fraud, conflict of interest, bid rigging, misappropriation or embezzlement, bribery, gratuity, or similar misconduct involving federal assistance. This responsibility occurs whether the Project is subject to this Agreement or another agreement between the Recipient and FTA, or an agreement involving a principal, officer, employee, agent, or Third Party Participant of the Recipient. It also applies to subcontractors at any tier. Knowledge, as used in this paragraph, includes, but is not limited to, knowledge of a criminal or civil investigation by a Federal, state, or local law enforcement or other investigative agency, a criminal indictment or civil complaint, or probable cause that could support a criminal indictment, or any other credible information in the possession of the Recipient. In this paragraph, “promptly” means to refer information without delay and without change. This notification provision applies to all divisions of the Recipient, including divisions tasked with law enforcement or investigatory functions. b. Federal Interest in Recovery. The Federal Government retains the right to a proportionate share of any proceeds recovered from any third party, based on the percentage of the federal share for the Underlying Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Recipient may return all liquidated damages it receives to its Award Budget for its Underlying Agreement rather than return the federal share of those liquidated damages to the Federal Government, provided that the Recipient receives FTA’s prior written concurrence. c. Enforcement. The Recipient must pursue its legal rights and remedies available under any third party agreement or any federal, state, or local law or regulation. 12. BYRD ANTI-LOBBYING amendment (31 u.s.c. 1352) Applies to all contracts exceeding $100,000. Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352). Contractor attests that it has filed the required certification under the Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment. Contractor attests that it has certified that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal Contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Contractor further attests that it has disclosed, and will continue to disclose, any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. If contract exceeds $100,000 the contractor is required to sign the attached certification. 13. BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS Applies to contracts exceeding $150,000 (When tangible property of construction is acquired.) Buy America – The domestic preference requirements of 49 U.S.C. § 5323(j), and FTA regulations, “Buy America Requirements,” 49 CFR Part 661, to the extent consistent with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) apply to this contract. Uniform Administrative Requirements. Compliance with FTA’s Buy America requirements shall be deemed to satisfy 2 CFR § 200.322, “Domestic Preference for Procurements”. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Limitations on Certain Rolling Stock Procurements. The contractor will comply with the limitations on certain rolling stock procurements at 49 U.S.C. § 5323(u). If contract exceeds $150,000, the contractor is required to sign the attached certification, except those subject to a general waiver. 14. CLEAN AIR and Federal Water Pollution Control Act Applies to all contracts exceeding $150,000. Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended. a. All parties agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). All parties shall report violations to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). b. The Contractor agrees to report each violation to the City and understands and agrees that the City will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, and the appropriate Environmental Protection Agency Regional Office. c. The Contractor agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $150,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal funds. 15. ADMINISTRATIVE, CONTRACTUAL, OR LEGAL REMEDIES OR BREACH – (Appendix II to Part 200) Applies to all contracts over $250,000. Breach. Any breach of the Contract by Contractor shall be governed by the termination and remedies provisions of the Contract. Additionally, in the event that the City incurs damages as a result of Contractor’s breach, the City may pursue recovery of such damages from Contractor. The City further retains the right to seek specific performance of the Contract at any time as authorized by law. The City further retains the right to otherwise pursue any remedies available to the City as a result of the Contractor’s breach, including but not limited to administrative, Contractual, or legal remedies, as well as any applicable sanctions and penalties. Remedies for Non-Performance. If Contractor fails to perform any of its obligations under this Contract, the City may, at its sole discretion, exercise one or more of the following remedies, which shall survive expiration or termination of this Contract: a. Suspend Performance: The City may require the Contractor to suspend performance of all or any portion of the Work pending necessary corrective action specified by the City and without entitling Contractor to an increase in compensation or extension of the performance schedule. Contractor must promptly stop performance and incurring costs upon delivery of a notice of suspension by the City. b. Withhold Payment Pending Corrections: The City may permit Contractor to correct any rejected Work at the City ’s discretion. Upon City ’s request, Contractor must correct rejected Work at Contractor’s sole expense within the time frame established by the City. Upon completion of the corrections satisfactory to the City, City will remit payment to Contractor. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 c. Deny Payment: City may deny payment for any Work that does not comply with the requirements of the Contract or that Contractor otherwise fails to provide or complete, as determined by the City in its sole discretion. Upon City request, Contractor will promptly refund any amounts prepaid by the City with respect to such non-compliant Work. d. Removal: Upon City ’s request, Contractor will remove any of its employees or agents from performance of the Work, if the City, in its sole discretion, deems any such person to be incompetent, careless, unsuitable, or otherwise unacceptable. 16. CARGO PREFERENCE REQUIREMENTS Applies to purchases of property suitable for shipment by ocean vessel. Cargo Preference - Use of United States-Flag Vessels - The contractor agrees comply with the shipping requirements of 46 U.S.C. § 55305, and U.S. Maritime Administration regulations, “Cargo Preference – U.S.-Flag Vessels,” 46 CFR Part 381. 17. FLY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS Applies to property or persons transported by air between U.S. and foreign destinations, or between foreign locations. Fly America Requirements. The contractor agrees to air transportation requirements of Section 5 of the International Air Transportation Fair Competitive Practices Act of 1974, as amended, 49 U.S.C. § 40118, and U.S. General Services Administration (U.S. GSA) regulations, “Use of United States Flag Air Carriers,” 41 C.F.R. §§ 301-10.131 – 301-10.143. 18. DAVIS-BACON Act (Appendix II to Part 200) Applies to all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000. Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). Contractor must fully comply with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance therewith, Contractor must pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, Contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The applicable Davis-Bacon Wage Determination is attached hereto. 19. COPELAND ANTI-KICKBACK ACTS (Appendix II to Part 200) Applies to all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000. Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145). Contractor must fully comply with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). Pursuant to the Act, Contractor is prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The City shall report all suspected or reported violations of the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act to the Federal awarding agency. 20. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT (Appendix II to Part DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 200) Applies to all contracts over $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers. Contractor must fully comply with the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standard Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708), including 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, Contract is required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or Contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. a. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one- half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. b. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, in the sum of $26 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (a) of this section. c. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The FEMA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. d. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (a) through (d) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 21. BONDING REQUIREMENTS (2 crf 200.326) Applies to construction or facility improvement contracts or subcontracts exceeding the Simplified Acquisition Threshold ($250,000). Except where the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity has made a determination that alternative bonding policy and requirements adequately protect the Federal interest, Contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum bonding requirements: a. Contractor must provide a bid guarantee equivalent to five percent of the bid price. The "bid guarantee" must consist of a firm commitment such as a bid bond, certified check, or other negotiable instrument accompanying a bid as assurance that the Contractor will, upon acceptance of the bid, execute such Contractual documents as may be required within the time specified. b. Contractor must provide a performance bond on the part of the Contractor for 100 percent of the Contract price. A "performance bond" is one executed in connection with a Contract to secure fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations under such Contract. c. Contractor must provide a payment bond on the part of the Contractor for 100 percent of the Contract price. A "payment bond" is one executed in connection with a Contract to assure payment as required by law of all persons supplying labor and material in the execution of the work provided for in the Contract. 22. Equal Employment opportunity (Appendix II to Part 200) Applies to all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract”. Equal Employment Opportunity. Contractor agrees to comply with the Equal Opportunity Clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(a) (Government Contracts) and 41 CFR 60-1.4(b) (Federal Assisted Construction Contracts), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.” Contractor further agrees to include this provision, including the Equal Opportunity Clause or a reference thereto, in any subcontracts it enters into pursuant to the Contract. During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or national origin. (3) The Contractor will not discharge or in any other manner discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because such employee or applicant has inquired about, discussed, or disclosed the compensation of the employee or applicant or another employee or applicant. This provision shall not apply to instances in which an employee who has access to the compensation information of other employees or applicants as a part of such employee's essential job functions discloses the compensation of such other employees or applicants to individuals who do not otherwise have access to such information, unless such disclosure is in response to a formal complaint or charge, in furtherance of an investigation, proceeding, hearing, or action, including an investigation conducted by the employer, or is consistent with the Contractor's legal duty to furnish information. (4) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other Contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (5) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (6) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (7) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this Contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this Contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government Contracts or federally assisted construction Contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. (8) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (8) in every subContract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subContract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. The applicant further agrees that it will be bound by the above equal opportunity clause with respect to its own employment practices when it participates in federally assisted DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 construction work: Provided, that if the applicant so participating is a State or local government, the above equal opportunity clause is not applicable to any agency, instrumentality or subdivision of such government which does not participate in work on or under the Contract. The applicant agrees that it will assist and cooperate actively with the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor in obtaining the compliance of Contractors and subcontractors with the equal opportunity clause and the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor, that it will furnish the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor such information as they may require for the supervision of such compliance, and that it will otherwise assist the administering agency in the discharge of the agency's primary responsibility for securing compliance. The applicant further agrees that it will refrain from entering into any Contract or Contract modification subject to Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, with a Contractor debarred from, or who has not demonstrated eligibility for, Government Contracts and federally assisted construction Contracts pursuant to the Executive Order and will carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of the equal opportunity clause as may be imposed upon Contractors and subcontractors by the administering agency or the Secretary of Labor pursuant to Part II, Subpart D of the Executive Order. In addition, the applicant agrees that if it fails or refuses to comply with these undertakings, the administering agency may take any or all of the following actions: Cancel, terminate, or suspend in whole or in part this grant (Contract, loan, insurance, guarantee); refrain from extending any further assistance to the applicant under the program with respect to which the failure or refund occurred until satisfactory assurance of future compliance has been received from such applicant; and refer the case to the Department of Justice for appropriate legal proceedings. (9) [Reserved] (c) Subcontracts. Each nonexempt prime Contractor or subcontractor shall include the equal opportunity clause in each of its nonexempt subcontracts. (d) Inclusion of the equal opportunity clause by reference. The equal opportunity clause may be included by reference in all Government Contracts and subcontracts, including Government bills of lading, transportation requests, Contracts for deposit of Government funds, and Contracts for issuing and paying U.S. savings bonds and notes, and such other Contracts and subcontracts as the Director of OFCCP may designate. (e) Incorporation by operation of the order. By operation of the order, the equal opportunity clause shall be considered to be a part of every Contract and SubContract required by the order and the regulations in this part to include such a clause whether or not it is physically incorporated in such Contracts and whether or not the Contract between the agency and the Contractor is written. (f) Adaptation of language. Such necessary changes in language may be made in the equal opportunity clause as shall be appropriate to identify properly the parties and their undertakings. 23. SEISMIC SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Applies to contracts for construction of new buildings or additions to existing buildings. Seismic Safety - The contractor agrees that any new building or addition to an existing building will be designed and constructed in accordance with the standards for Seismic DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Safety required in Department of Transportation Seismic Safety Regulations 49 CFR Part 41 and will certify to compliance to the extent required by the regulation. The contractor also agrees to ensure that all work performed under this contract including work performed by a subcontractor is in compliance with the standards required by the Seismic Safety Regulations and the certification of compliance issued on the project. 24. SPECIAL dol CLAUSE Applies to contracts for construction exceeding $10,000. 41 CFR Part 60 – See Section 15 – Contract Clause Civil Rights Requirements 25. NONCONSTRUCTION EMPLOYEE PROTECTION (CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT) Applies to all turnkey, rolling stock and operational contracts (excluding contracts for transportation services exceeding $100,000. The contractor agrees to comply and assures that each subcontractor will comply with all federal laws, regulations, and requirements providing wage and hour protections for nonconstruction employees, including Section 102 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, as amended, 40 U.S.C. § 3702, and other relevant parts of that Act, 40 U.S.C. § 3701, et seq., and U.S. DOL regulations, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction (also Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Nonconstruction Contracts Subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act),” 29 CFR Part 5. 26. TRANSIT EMPLOYEE PROTECTIVE ARRANGEMENTS Applies to all Contracts for transit operations except micro-purchases. (1) The Contractor agrees to comply with applicable transit employee protective requirements as follows: a) General Transit Employee Protective Requirements - To the extent that FTA determines that transit operations are involved, the Contractor agrees to carry out the transit operations work on the underlying contract in compliance with terms and conditions determined by the U.S. Secretary of Labor to be fair and equitable to protect the interests of employees employed under this contract and to meet the employee protective requirements of 49 U.S.C. A 5333(b), and U.S. DOL guidelines at 29 C.F.R. Part 215, and any amendments thereto. These terms and conditions are identified in the letter of certification from the U.S. DOL to FTA applicable to the ITP's project from which Federal assistance is provided to support work on the underlying contract. The Contractor agrees to carry out that work in compliance with the conditions stated in that U.S. DOL letters. The requirements of this subsection (1), however, do not apply to any contract financed with Federal assistance provided by FTA either for projects for elderly individuals and individuals with disabilities authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5310(a)(2), or for projects for nonurbanized areas authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5311. Alternate provisions for those projects are set forth in subsections (b) and (c) of this clause. b) Transit Employee Protective Requirements for Projects Authorized by 49 U.S.C.§ 5310(a)(2) for Elderly Individuals and Individuals with Disabilities - If the contract involves transit operations financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5310(a)(2), and if the U.S. Secretary of Transportation DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 has determined or determines in the future that the employee protective requirements of 49 U.S.C. § 5333(b) are necessary or appropriate for the state and the public body subrecipient for which work is performed on the underlying contract, the Contractor agrees to carry out the Project in compliance with the terms and conditions determined by the U.S. Secretary of Labor to meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. § 5333(b), U.S. DOL guidelines at 29 C.F.R. Part 215, and any amendments thereto. These terms and conditions are identified in the U.S. DOL's letter of certification to FTA, the date of which is set forth Grant Agreement or Cooperative Agreement with the state. The Contractor agrees to perform transit operations in connection with the underlying contract in compliance with the conditions stated in that U.S. DOL letter. c) Transit Employee Protective Requirements for Projects Authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5311 in Nonurbanized Areas - If the contract involves transit operations financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5311, the Contractor agrees to comply with the terms and conditions of the Special Warranty for the Nonurbanized Area Program agreed to by the U.S. Secretaries of Transportation and Labor, dated May 31, 1979, and the procedures implemented by U.S. DOL or any revision thereto. (2) The Contractor also agrees to include the any applicable requirements in each subcontract involving transit operations financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. 27. DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING Applies to all Operational Services contracts except micro-purchases. Drug and Alcohol Testing The contractor agrees to establish and implement a drug and alcohol testing program that complies with 49 CFR Parts 653 and 654, produce any documentation necessary to establish its compliance with Parts 653 and 654, and permit any authorized representative of the United States Department of Transportation or its operating administrations, the State Oversight Agency of (name of State), or the (insert name of grantee), to inspect the facilities and records associated with the implementation of the drug and alcohol testing program as required under 49 CFR Parts 653 and 654 and review the testing process. The contractor agrees further to certify annually its compliance with Parts 653 and 654 before (insert date) and to submit the Management Information System (MIS) reports before (insert date before March 15) to (insert title and address of person responsible for receiving information). To certify compliance the contractor shall use the "Substance Abuse Certifications" in the "Annual List of Certifications and Assurances for Federal Transit Administration Grants and Cooperative Agreements," which is published annually in the Federal Register. The Contractor agrees further to [Select a, b, or c] (a) submit before (insert date or upon request) a copy of the Policy Statement developed to implement its drug and alcohol testing program; OR (b) adopt (insert title of the Policy Statement the recipient wishes the contractor to use) as its policy statement as required under 49 CFR 653 and 654; OR (c) submit for review and approval before (insert date or upon request) a copy of its Policy Statement developed to implement its drug and alcohol testing program. In addition, the contractor agrees to: (to be determined by the recipient, but may address areas such as: the selection of the certified laboratory, substance abuse professional, or Medical Review Officer, or the use of a consortium). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 28. RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER A CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT Appendix II to Part 200 Applies to “funding agreement” under 37 CFR Part §401.2(a) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Contract. For Contracts entered into by the Contractor or the City with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the parties must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Contracts,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency. 29. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) & PROMPT PAYMENT (49 CFR Part 26) Applies to contracts awarded on the basis of a bid or proposal offering to use DBEs. Disadvantaged Business Enterprises a. This contract is subject to the requirements of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 26, Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in Department of Transportation Financial Assistance Programs. The national goal for participation of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) is 10%. The agency’s overall goal for DBE participation is 3%. A contract goal of 3 % DBE participation has been established for this procurement. b. The contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of this DOT-assisted contract. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the City of Fort Collins deems appropriate. Each subcontract the contractor signs with a subcontractor must include the assurance in this paragraph (see 49 CFR 26.13(b)). c. Bidders/offerors are required to document sufficient DBE participation to meet these goals or, alternatively, document adequate good faith efforts to do so, as provided for in 49 CFR 26.53. Award of this contract is conditioned on submission of the following concurrent with and accompanying sealed bid: 1. The names and addresses of DBE firms that will participate in this contract; 2. A description of the work each DBE will perform; 3. The dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm participating; 4. Written documentation of the bidder/offeror’s commitment to use a DBE subcontractor whose participation it submits to meet the contract goal; 5. Written confirmation from the DBE that it is participating in the contract as provided in the prime contractor’s commitment; and 6. If the contract goal is not met, evidence of good faith efforts to do so. Bidders must present the information required above as a matter of responsiveness (see 49 CFR 26.53(3)). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 {If no separate contract goal has been established, use the following} The successful bidder/offeror will be required to report its DBE participation obtained through race-neutral means throughout the period of performance. 30. PROMPT PAYMENT and return of retainage Applies to all contracts except micro-purchases. The contractor is required to pay its subcontractors performing work related to this contract for satisfactory performance of that work no later than 30 days after the contractor’s receipt of payment for that work from the City. In addition, the contractor may not hold retainage from its subcontractors. The contractor must promptly notify the City whenever a DBE subcontractor performing work related to this contract is terminated or fails to complet e its work and must make good faith efforts to engage another DBE subcontractor to perform at least the same amount of work. The contractor may not terminate any DBE subcontractor and perform that work through its own forces or those of an affiliate without prior written consent of the City. 31. 6002 OF THE SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL ACT (2 CFR 200.322) Applies to all contracts except micro-purchases. Recovered Materials - All parties agree to comply with all applicable requirements of Section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. The requirements of Section 6002 include procuring only items designated in guidelines of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) at 40 CFR part 247 that contain the highest percentage of recovered materials practicable, consistent with maintaining a satisfactory level of competition, where the purchase price of the item exceeds $10,000 or the value of the quantity acquired during the preceding fiscal year exceeded $10,000; procuring solid waste management services in a manner that maximizes energy and resource recovery; and establishing an affirmative procurement program for procurement of recovered materials identified in the EPA guidelines. a. In the performance of this contract, the Contractor shall make maximum use of products containing recovered materials that are EPA-designated items unless the product cannot be acquired: • Competitively within a timeframe providing for compliance with the contract performance schedule; • Meeting contract performance requirements; or • At a reasonable price. b. Information about this requirement, along with the list of EPA-designated items, is available at EPA’s Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines web site: https://www.epa.gov/smm/comprehensive-procurement-guideline-cpg-program 32. ADA ACCESS Applies to contracts for rolling stock or facilities construction/renovation 1. The City must comply with 49 U.S.C. § 5332, which states the Federal policy that elderly individuals and individuals with disabilities have the same right as other individuals to use public transportation services and facilities, and that special efforts shall be made in planning and designing those services and facilities to implement transportation DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 accessibility rights for elderly individuals and individuals with disabilities; all applicable provisions of section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 794, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), as amended; 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq., which requires that accessible facilities and services be made available to individuals with disabilities; and the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 4151 et seq., which requires that buildings and public accommodations be accessible to individuals with disabilities. 2. All deliverable items deliverable items provided by the contractor for the City under this contract shall comply with the above-referenced laws as well as all other applicable federal, state and local regulations and directives and any subsequent amendments 33. ASSIGNABILITY Applies to all contracts except micro-purchases. Neither the City nor the Contractor shall assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other. 34. CITY OF FORT COLLINS BID PROTEST PROCEDURES Applies to all contracts except micro-purchases. The City of Fort Collins has a protest procedure, covering any phase of solicitation or award, including but not limited to specification or award. The protest procedures are available from the Purchasing Department, City of Fort Collins, 215 N. Mason, Street, 2nd Floor, P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO. 80522. You may also request a copy of the procedures by emailing: Purchasing@fcgov.com or calling 970-221-6775. 35. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 Applies to all contracts except micro-purchases. The sub-grantee, contractor, subcontractor, successor, transferee, and assignee shall comply with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, which prohibits recipients of federal financial assistance from excluding from a program or activity, denying benefits of, or otherwise discriminating against a person on the basis of race, color, or national origin (42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq.), as implemented by the Department of the Treasury’s Title VI regulations, 31 CFR Part 22, which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract (or agreement). Title VI also includes protection to persons with “Limited English Proficiency” in any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq., as implemented by the Department of the Treasury’s Title VI regulations, 31 CFR Part 22, and herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract or agreement. 36. Increasing Seat Belt Use in the United States Applies to all contracts except micro-purchases. Pursuant to Executive Order 13043, 62 FR 19217 (Apr. 18, 1997), the City encourages its contractors to adopt and enforce on-the-job seat belt policies and programs for their employees when operating company-owned, rented, or personally owned vehicles. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 37. Reducing Text Messaging While Driving Applies to all contracts except micro-purchases. Pursuant to Executive Order 13513, 74 FR 51225 (Oct. 6, 2009), the City encourages its employees, subrecipients, and contractors to adopt and enforce policies that ban text messaging while driving, and the City has established workplace safety policies to decrease accidents caused by distracted drivers. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950 Contract Change Order 00960 Application for Payment DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00950 CHANGE ORDER NO. PROJECT TITLE: 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 – Electric Transit Buses CONTRACTOR: Weifield Group Contracting, INC. DESCRIPTION: 1. Reason for change: 2. Description of Change: 3. Change in Contract Cost: 4. Change in Contract Time: ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER % TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT % ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ .00 (Assuming all change orders approved) ACCEPTED BY: DATE: Contractor's Representative ACCEPTED BY: DATE: Project Manager REVIEWED BY: DATE: Title: APPROVED BY: DATE: Title: APPROVED BY: DATE: Purchasing Agent over $60,000 cc: City Clerk Contractor Engineer DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Project File Architect Purchasing DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SECTION 00960 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 PROJECT NO.:DATE: LOCATION MAP IMAGE © < COPYRIGHT NOTICE > 2/ 2 4 / 2 0 2 3 9 : 3 0 : 2 9 A M 0220049.02 Transfort Electric Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 01/13/2023 Ci t y o f F o r t C o l l i n s Tr a n s f o r t E l e c t r i c B u s C h a r g e r E x p a n s i o n PE R M I T S E T PERMIT SET DRAWING LIST GENERAL G0.1 SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL M0.1 GENERAL INFORMATION M1.1 OVERALL MECHANICAL PLAN ELECTRICAL E0.1 GENERAL INFORMATION E0.2 GENERAL INFORMATION E0.3 SPECIFICATIONS E0.4 SPECIFICATIONS E0.5 SPECIFICATIONS E0.6 SPECIFICATIONS E2.1 FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN E2.2 FIRST FLOOR CABLE PLAN E4.1 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E5.1 SCHEDULES E6.1 DETAILS E6.2 DETAILS uBMBoMBuBo Exhibit 3DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 SEE THE BIDDING & CONTRACT MANUAL FOR DIVISION 00 INFORMATION. REFERENCE SECTION 00 9000 WORK CATEGORIES FOR REQUIREMENTS. The contractor shall be responsible for delivering a complete and usable facility which will function per the design intent of the construction documents.The contractor shall verify all dimensions and coordinate scope of work with existing site conditions.Thoroughly examine the job site and base price on existing conditions.Notify architect of any conflicts between field conditions and drawings before proceeding with work.Allow sufficient time for resolution without delaying the work. This project is a renovation. In the event of discrepancies, notify the city representative, architect and/or engineer and request clarification prior to proceeding with the work involved. The contractor shall become thoroughly acquainted with the contents of the scope of work documents issued by the City of Fort Collins, these specifications and the drawings. The scope of work documents, specifications, City of Fort Collins building design & construction standards (latest edition) and drawings are complementary, and portions of the work described in one shall be provided as if described in both. In case of conflict between or within the various contract documents, the more stringent requirements (as determined by architect) shall govern, and the greater quantity and the higher quality (as determined by the architect) shall be furnished.This rule does not apply where on requirement is specifically modified or superseded by another and where additions to, deletions from, and other changes are specifically made, as in addenda, construction change directives, modifications change orders, and the like. Coordinate space requirements and installation of electrical, telecommunication, plumbing, mechanical, and associated work.Establish routing for piping, wiring, ductwork, and conduit parallel with the line of the building.Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. In finished areas conceal piping, ductwork wiring and conduits. All work shall be done in conformance with all applicable federal, state, county and city ordinances and building codes, and requirements established by state and local fire marshals, in case of conflict, most stringent requirements shall apply. The contractor shall be responsible for design, coordination, and execution of construction methods and procedures. The contractor shall coordinate construction operations to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the work. The contractor shall provide materials and appurtenances necessary for the complete installation of each system or component. The contractor shall perform the work necessary to prepare the existing structure for the installation of the work.Penetrations, holes, openings and damaged materials created during construction shall be repaired and brought to a complete finished condition and shall be sealed water and airtight. Construction operational procedures and methods are the responsibility of the contractor insofar as they do not present hazards to personnel or property or infringe on work schedules for normal site activities, other contractors and vendors. Schedule all work for regular business hours unless otherwise noted by the building regulations or the contract documents. Submit electronic copies of required shop drawings and product data to architect for review prior to fabrication, along with any samples that need to be verified.Allow architect/ engineer two weeks to review and comment.Architect’s review will be for conformance with design concept only.Contractor shall review all submittals for conformance with contract documents prior to submitting them for architect’s review. All work shall be plumb, square, level, in proper alignment and securely fastened. Where products are specified by manufacturer and model, it is to establish a quality standard.Use material specified or approved substitution.Products shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with manufacturer’s standard specifications, UNO. Transport, deliver, handle and store materials and equipment at the job site in such a manner as to prevent damage, including damage which might result from intrusions of foreign matter or moisture from any source.Comply with material and equipment manufacturer’s instructions regarding temperature limitations and other environmental conditions which are required to maintain the original quality of materials and equipment. The contractor shall maintain a complete set of the contract drawings for record mark-up purposes throughout the contract time.Mark up these drawings during the course of work to show both changes and actual installation in sufficient form to comprise a complete record for the owner’s purposes.Give particular attention to work which will be concealed and difficult to measure and record at a later date, and to work which may require servicing or replacement during the life of the project.Bind prints into manageable sets with durable paper covers labeled “as-built drawings,” and transmit to owner. Refer to other discipline specific sheets for additional information. SECTION 01 000 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Products shall be provided from manufacturers listed within the building design and construction standards (latest edition) and as named or shown in the drawings and specifications.No substitution will be considered unless written requests for approval have been issued to the City's representative, architect/engineer and accepted. Coordinate and verify whether or not the substituted item can be installed as shown on the construction drawings without modifications to systems or architectural or engineering design. SECTION 01 2500 -SUBSTITUTIONS In the event of discrepancies, notify the City of Fort Collins representative and request clarification prior to proceeding with the work involved. WORK INCLUDED: Provide miscellaneous metal fabrications including, but not limited to; lintels, angles, channels, tubes and steel support brackets. SUBMITTALS: Shop drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Submit finish/paint samples cards and 4" long material sample. Delegated-Design Submittal: Including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. Steel shapes and bars:ASTM A 36/A 36M Steel Plates: ASTM A283 Steel Tubing:ASTM A 500, Grade B Steel Pipe:ASTM A 53, Grade B. Sheet Steel:ASTM A653/A653M, Grade B Structural Quality. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld around at connections, including at fittings. Steel Clip Angles for Window Frame Attachment: 3 inch long 2 x 2 x 1/8 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Conform to requirements of American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges and to Code of Standard Practice for the Architectural Metals Industry AMO-555-92 and Voluntary Finish Standards by National Ornamental and Miscellaneous Metals Association (NOMMA). Fabricator: Firm experienced in successfully producing metal fabrications with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work. MATERIALS: Thermal movements: allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Metal surfaces, general: provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces that are free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks,roller marks, rolled trade names, roughness and steel sheet variations in flatness not exceeding those permitted by referenced standards, unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. Shop assembly: preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Finish: Finish metal fabrications after assembly. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. Shop prime with universal shop primer unless indicated.Preparation for shop priming shall be SSPC-SP-3, “Power Tool Cleaning”.Apply shop primer complying with SSPC-PA 1, “Paint Application Specification No. 1:Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting of Steel”for shop painting.Strip paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds and sharp edges. Paint color as selected by architect from manufacturer’s full range. ACCESSORIES : Welding Materials: AWS D1.1. Fasteners: Appropriate for substrates being anchored to and of adequate size to provide a permanently rigid and secure installation. Finish for Exterior Use: Zinc coated, ASTM A153. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A325, Grade A. Lag Bolts: Square head type, Federal Specification FF-B-561. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, Federal Specification FF-S-92. Toggle Bolts: Spring-wing type, Federal Specification FF-B-588, round head style, except where countersunk flat head is required. At exterior exposed galvanized steel roofing overhangs use stainless steel screws clipped to expose no more than 3/4 inch of screw body. Lag Screw Expansion Shields: Rawl “Lag Shields”Federal Specification FF-S-325, No. 3.2.2.1, to penetrate concrete or masonry a minimum of 1-1/2 inches. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC 15, Type 1, red oxide. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC 20 Type I Inorganic. Non-Metallic Non-Shrink Grout: Pre-mixed, non-shrinking, non-staining, non-metallic, non-corrosive, non-gaseous grout: Acceptable Manufacturers: L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.: “Crystex” Master Builders: “Masterflow 713” Sonneborn-Contech: “Sonogrout” The Euclid Chemical Company: “EUCO N-S Grout” U.S. Grout Corporation: “Five Star Grout” INSTALLATION: Per manufacturer’s written installation instructions. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to project site in time for installation. SECTION 05 5000 –METAL FABRICATIONS Contractor shall coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Contractor shall not order materials, equipment or proceed with the work without the review and approval of the City's representative. Coordinate with the City of Fort Collins regarding which submittals are required for review. On submittal transmittal provide indications of any deviations from construction documents.Include contractor's certification that information complies with contract document requirements. The review and subsequent response regarding shop drawings shall not relieve the contractor from responsibility for errors in dimensions, details, size of members, quantities, omissions of components or fittings; coordination of electrical items or requirements; or for coordination items with actual building conditions.The contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, finishes and fabrication processes, and for the work of all trades. SECTION 01 3300 -SUBMITTALS Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and other quality control services as required by the authorities having jurisdiction, scope of work and city of fort collins requirements. The complete installation of products, materials, systems, equipment, etc. shall function as designed and intended. The work performed shall, at a minimum, be in conformance with applicable national, state and local codes having jurisdiction.Materials furnished and associated installation work shall be in strict compliance with current applicable codes adopted the local ahj including any amendments and standards as set forth by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) and other national standards and codes where applicable.Where the contract documents or of Fort Collins Building Design & Construction Standards (latest edition) exceed the requirements of the referenced codes, standards, etc., the contract documents and/or City of Fort Collins Building Design & Construction Standards (latest edition) shall take precedence. SECTION 01 4000 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS The scope of work and the City of Fort Collins building design & construction standards (latest edition) may have specific information regarding manufacturers and products.If the contractor is given an option of selecting between two or more products, select the product that is the most compatible. Where a single manufacturer or product is named, provide the named product that complies with the requirements.Where a product is named and includes a list of manufacturers', provide the specified or indicated product. The complete installation of products, materials, systems, equipment, etc. Shall function as designed and intended. Verify all products with the City of Fort Collins representative before procuring to ensure it is also compatible with the existing Transfort CNG building. SECTION 01 6000 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS WORK INCLUDED: Perform cutting as required to install work.Obtain permission from the City of Fort Collins representative prior to cutting. All patching and finishing shall match surrounding surfaces and finishes. GENERAL: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could damage their load- carrying capacity that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: Do not disturb structural members without the prior approval from the structural engineer. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection VISUAL ELEMENTS: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a manner satisfactory to the City of Fort Collins representative. SECTION 01 7300 -CUTTING AND PATCHING Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain Owner's property. Remove, clean, and deliver to Owner's designated storage area. Comply with EPA regulations and hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. This is a functioning and working facility which is occupied. Conduct selective demolition so operations will not be disrupted. It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. If any materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. Before proceeding with demolition, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of the building. Locate, identify, shut off, disconnect, and cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to any adjacent buildings or facilities. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required preserving stability and preventing movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain or construction being demolished. Provide temporary weather protection to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Promptly remove demolished materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. Do not burn demolished materials. Reference drawings for demolition of existing concrete due to under slab piping alterations. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations.Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. SECTION 02 4119 –SELECTIVE DEMOLITION In the event of discrepancies, notify the City of Fort Collins representative and request clarification prior to proceeding with the work involved. WORK INCLUDED: Provide joint sealants and related accessories that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Joint filler and sealant work shall be performed by a firm experienced in application of types of materials required, and employing skilled tradesmen for work. Obtain elastomeric materials only from manufacturers who will, if required, send qualified technical representatives to project site for purpose of advising Installer of proper procedures and precautions for use of materials. Compatibility: provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and applications. MATERIALS: General interior building sealant shall be single component, paintable, acrylic-latex sealant with color to match adjacent surface. Sealant Back-up: flexible, compressible, closed-cell foam compatible with sealant to be used. Size and shape foam to control depth of sealant and to allow 20 to 50 percent compression under insertion. Sealant back-up shall be utilized with all joint sealants. Sealant at fire-rated partitions shall comply with the appropriate UL listed design assembly. Exterior sealants in contact with masonry shall be non-staining silicone. 756 by DOW or Spectrum 3 by Tremco. INSTALLATION: Per manufacturer’s written installation instructions. SECTION 07 9200 –JOINT SEALANTS WORK INCLUDED: Provide thermal insulation and install where indicated on the construction documents. SUBMITTALS: Product data for each type of insulation indicated. INSTALLATION: Per manufacturer’s written installation instructions. SECTION 07 2100 -THERMAL INSULATION WORK INCLUDED: Provide adhered membrane roof on mechanically fastened insulation to match existing, as indicated on drawings. SUBMITTALS: Product data for each type of component; insulation plan indicating locations of crickets at drains and rooftop equipment and curbs. MATERIAL: Basis of Design: Match existing product for patched areas. INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply. WARRANTY: 20 years SECTION 07 50 00 -MEMBRANE ROOFING WORK INCLUDED: Pre-finished aluminum sheet metal at various locations and on various materials. SUBMITTALS: Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, flashings, terminations, and installation details. Provide pre-finished kynar standard color material. 6"x6" material sample of selected colors Except as otherwise indicated, conform to the requirements of SMANCA (ASMM) and CDA A4050 as applicable, including joints, seams, details, and accommodation of thermal movement. MATERIALS: Aluminum sheet metal 0.040 thickness. Color: Up to (3) colors may be used. INSTALLATION: Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners, and use exposed fasteners only where permitted. Fit flashings tight in place; make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. Seal metal joints watertight. WARRANTY: Manufacturer’s printed five-year warranty of prefinished items against fading, chalking, and film failure. SECTION 07 6200 -SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM In the event of discrepancies, notify the City of Fort Collins representative and request clarification prior to proceeding with the work involved. WORK INCLUDED: Provide painting and finishing of exposed items and surfaces. Surface preparation and field painting of exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces. SUBMITTALS: Submit three draw-downs of indicated colors for verification in each color and gloss of topcoat indicated and product data for each type of product indicated. Contact the City Facility Designer for information about color choices allowed. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. FIELD CONDITIONS: Comply with CRI 104 for temperature, humidity, and ventilation limitations. MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY: "Paint" as used herein means coating systems including primers, emulsions, stains, sealers, fillers, whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. Provide premium grade primers as recommended by paint manufacturers for compatibility with substrates indicated and finish coats specified. Color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. VOC COMPLIANCE: Comply with current rules and regulations in effect in Fort Collins for the time frame during which these products will be used for surface prep work and applied for finishes. Contractor shall confirm the accuracy of the following prior to ordering of materials and start of work. Special Note: Reference IBC Chapter 36 Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) as amended by the City of Fort Collins, for additional adopted requirements pertaining to indoor air quality and VOC limits. EXAMINATION: Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF SUBSTRATES: When measured with an electronic moisture meter shall not exceed 12 percent for gypsum board. SURFACE PREPARATION: Contractor shall coordinate substrate finish level and required surface preparation with paint/coating gloss level for optimum completed appearance. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. PAINTS AND FINISHES -GENERAL: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field-catalyzed paint. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of ebing readily and uniformly dispersed to a homegeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. Supply each paint material in quanity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. PREPARATION: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be painted. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons and fittings prior to preparing surfaces for finishing. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. Prepare gypsum surface in accordance with Level 5 Drywall Finish for areas to receive dry-erase coating. GYPSUM BOARD SUBSTRATES: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth. METAL SUBSTRATES: Clean surfaces to remove loose mill scale or other foreign substances using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. Seal exposed surfaces and edge with primer. APPLICATION: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Sand metal surfaces slightly between coats to achieve required finish. Apply additional coats when stains and/or blemishes show through final coat until paint is a uniform finish color and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, roller tracking brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be accepted. Apply paint to front and backsides of access panels, removeable or hinged covers, and similiar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure at any time and as often as Owner deems necessary during the period when paints are being applied. LABELS: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons and fittings removed prior to finishing. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. PAINT SCHEDULE: INTERIOR PAINTING: In finished areas, paint exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, hangars, and brackets. Do not paint items factory- finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. Do not paint items indicated to remain unfinished, labels, equipment serial numbers and capacity labels, bar code labels, and operating parts of equipment. Interior Surfaces to be painted, unless otherwise indicated: uncoated steel, shop primed steel, galvanized steel, and aluminum. Two top Coats and one coat primer. Top Coats: High Performance Architectural Interior Latex; MPI #43. Primer: Compatible with substrate and top coats. Basis of Design Top Coat(s): Sherwin Williams ProMar 200, Semi-Gloss or approved equal. EXTERIOR PAINTING: Finish exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless indicated, included exposed surfaces of equipment exposed to weather. Do not paint items factory-finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. Do not paint items indicated to remain unfinished, labels, equipment serial numbers and capacity labels, bar code labels, and operating parts of equipment. Exterior Surfaces to be painted, unless otherwise indicated: galvanized steel, and primed metal. Two top Coats and one coat primer. Top Coats: Exterior Light Industrial Coating, Water Based; MPI #164. Primer: Compatible with substrate and top coats. Basis of Design Top Coat(s): Sherwin Williams Pro Industrial DTM Acrylic, Gloss or approved equal. SECTION 09 9100 –PAINTING www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: #DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 4 / 2 0 2 3 9 : 3 0 : 3 0 A M G0.1 SPECIFICATIONS SMM ELC 0220049.02 Transfort Electric Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 01/13/2023 ELC PERMIT SET For information regarding Installation Requirements, Warranties, or anything not otherwise listed below, reference the City of Fort Collins Building & Construction Standards. All products must conform to the City of Fort Collins Building & Construction Standards. URL: https://www.fcgov.com/opserv/pdf/building-design-standards.pdf? PROJECT: FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 PERMIT SET 02/23/2023 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 BD BOILER BLOW DOWN CD CONDENSATE DRAIN CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY HCWS DUAL TEMPERATURE SUPPLY HPS HIGH PRESSURE STEAM HRS HEAT RECOVERY SUPPLY HTWS HIGH TEMP WATER SUPPLY HWS HOT WATER SUPPLY LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM LS LOOP SUPPLY MPS MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM PD PUMP DISCHARGE RHG REFRIGERANT HOT GAS RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION CHR CHILLED WATER RETURN CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN HCWR DUAL TEMPERATURE RETURN HPR HIGH PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE RETURN HRR HEAT RECOVERY RETURN HTWR HIGH TEMP WATER RETURN HWR HOT WATER RETURN LPR LOW PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE RETURN LR LOOP RETURN MPR MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE RETURN ABOVE CEILING/AIR CONDITIONERAC OUTDOOR AIROA AIR COOLED CONDENSERACC AIR FILTERAF ABOVE FINISHED FLOORAFF AIR HANDLING UNITAHU AIR MEASURING STATIONAMS AIR SEPARATORAS AUTOMATIC AIR VENTAV BOILERB BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMBAS BACKDRAFT DAMPERBDD BELOW FINISHED CEILINGBFC BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICEBFP BETWEEN JOISTSBJ BOTTOM OF DUCTBOD BOTTOM OF PIPEBOP BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOURBTUH COMPRESSED AIRCA COUNTER BALANCED SHUTTERCBS COOLING COILCC CEILING / CIRCULATING FANCF CUBIC FEET PER MINUTECFM CHILLERCH CHILLED WATER PUMPCHP CHILLED WATER RETURNCHR CHILLED WATER SUPPLYCHS CONVECTORCNV CONDENSATECOND CONDENSATE PUMPCP COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONERCRAC COOLING TOWERCT CONDENSING UNITCU CABINET UNIT HEATERCUH CONTROL VALVECV DOMESTIC COLD WATERCW CONDENSER WATER PUMPCWP CONDENSER WATER RETURNCWR CONDENSER WATER SUPPLYCWS DRY COOLERDC DN DOWN DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE DS DUCT SILENCER EA EXHAUST AIR EBB ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER EF EXHAUST FAN EG EXHAUST GRILLE (LESS DAMPER) EHC ELECTRIC HEATING COIL EL ELEVATION ER EXHAUST REGISTER ERV ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR ET EXPANSION TANK FA FRESH AIR FD FIRE DAMPER FDC FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION FFA FROM FLOOR ABOVE FFB FROM FLOOR BELOW FPC FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTION FPT FAN POWERED AIR TERMINAL FT FINNED TUBE RADIATION GF GAS FURNACE GIH GRAVITY INTAKE HOOD GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE GR GLYCOL RETURN GS GLYCOL SUPPLY GUH GAS UNIT HEATER HU HUMIDIFIER HC HEATING COIL HCWR DUAL TEMPERATURE RETURN HCWS DUAL TEMPERATURE SUPPLY HP HEAT PUMP HPR HIGH PRESSURE STEAM RETURN HPS HIGH PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY HRC HEAT RECOVERY COIL HS HUMIDITY SENSOR HWP HOT WATER PUMP HWR HOT WATER RETURN LOW PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY LOW PRESSURE STEAM RETURN KITCHEN HOOD -COMMERCIAL HEAT EXCHANGER HOT WATER SUPPLY LPS LPR KH HX HWS THOUSANDS OF BTU PER HOUR MOTORIZED DAMPER MAKEUP AIR UNIT MIXED AIR MBH MD MAU MA OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER P PUMP PBD PARALLEL BLADE DAMPER PRV PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE PS PRESSURE SWITCH PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PTAC RA RETURN AIR RF RETURN AIR FAN RG RETURN GRILLE (LESS DAMPER) RH ROOF HOOD RHC REHEAT COIL RLFA RELIEF AIR RPZ REDUCED PRESSURE BFP RR RETURN REGISTER (WITH DAMPER) RTU ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING UNIT SA SUPPLY AIR SAS SELF-ACTING SHUTTER SD SUPPLY DIFFUSER/SMOKE DAMPER SF SUPPLY FAN / SQUARE FOOT SFD SMOKE/FIRE DAMPER SG SUPPLY GRILLE SR SUPPLY REGISTER TCAC TEMP. CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR TCAD TEMP. CONTROL AIR DRYER TDV TRIPLE DUTY VALVE TFA TO FLOOR ABOVE TFB TO FLOOR BELOW TOD TOP OF DUCT TOP TOP OF PIPE UC UNIT COOLER UFD UNDERFLOOR DUCT UH UNIT HEATER UV UNIT VENTILATOR VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL VD VOLUME DAMPER VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE AUTOMATIC AIR VENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR/SWITCH PRESSURE GAUGE THERMOMETER PIPE ANCHOR PIPE GUIDES MANUAL AIR VENT FLOW SENSOR/SWITCH PIPE EXPANSION JOINT PIPE UNION CONCENTRIC REDUCER ECCENTRIC REDUCER WYE STRAINER WYE STRAINER W/DRAIN VALVE DIRECTION OF FLOW STEAM BUCKET TRAP STEAM F&T TRAP BACKFLOW PREVENTER PIPE TURNING UP PIPE TURNING DOWN TEE OFF TOP TEE OFF BOTTOM PIPE TEE PIPE CAP PLAN 90 DEGREE ELBOW PLAN 45 DEGREE ELBOW PIPING SYSTEM (SOLID LINE) PIPING SYSTEM (DASHED LINE) MOTORIZED SHUTTER NOT TO SCALE MS NTS GENERAL HYDRONIC VENTILATION GENERAL NOTES COMMON REQUIREMENTS PIPING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS DEMOLITION DUCTWORK REQUIREMENTS UFT UNDERFLOOR FAN TERMINAL HRV HEAT RECOVERY VENTILATOR (SENSIBLE) EUH ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE INTERNAL STATIC PRESSUREISP TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE PUMP PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR FCU FAN COIL UNIT ALUMINUMAL VRP VERTICAL RADIANT PANEL WAC WINDOW / WALL AIR CONDITIONER DOOR AIR CURTAINDAC DH DEHUMIDIFIER DOAS DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM DSU DUCTLESS SPLIT UNIT DX DX COOLING COIL ERP ELECTRIC RADIANT PANEL GRH GAS RADIANT HEATER LOUVERL PDH POOL ROOM DEHUMIDIFIER PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONER RP RADIANT PANEL S1 12x12 250 EXISTING EQUIPMENT TYPE EQUIPMENT MARK SHEET # DETAIL # AIRFLOW IN CFM THROAT SIZE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG AIR TERMINAL DESIGNATION KEYNOTE DETAIL OR SECTION MARK POINT OF NEW CONNECTION CAP EXISTING PIPE OR DUCT BOLD TEXT INDICATES PROPOSED ITEM ITALIC TEXT INDICATES EXISTING ITEM NEW ## # # PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE PLUG AHU-1 GUARD LOCKABLE GUARD WHERE INDICATED EQUIPMENT TO BE CONTROLLED GUARD TEMP HUMID CO ELEMENT TO BE MONITORED LOCKABLE GUARD WHERE INDICATED HUMIDISTAT THERMOSTAT SENSOR SUPPLY DIFFUSER/REGISTER RETURN REGISTER/GRILLE EXHAUST REGISTER/GRILLE DIFFUSER AIRFLOW PATTERN IF OTHER THAN 4-WAY BLOW FLEXIBLE BRANCH RUNOUT TO SUPPLY DIFFUSER, 36" MAX LENGTH CEILING RETURN REGISTER WITH LINED DUCT FOR SOUND ATTENUATION OPEN TO CEILING PLENUM FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT OR BETWEEN DUCTS VOLUME DAMPER MOTORIZED DAMPER FIRE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER SUPPLY AIR DUCT TOWARDS SUPPLY AIR DUCT AWAY RETURN/OUTDOOR AIR DUCT TOWARDS RETURN/OUTDOOR AIR DUCT AWAY TRANSFER AIR A. THIS FACILITY HAS BEEN DESIGNATED A "SMOKE-FREE" ENVIRONMENT. NO MECHANICAL VENTILATION PROVISIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ACCOMMODATE TOBACCO USAGE BY THE BUILDING OCCUPANTS B. ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION A. INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW MAXIMUM POSSIBLE HEADROOM UNLESS SPECIFIC MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE INDICATED B. INSTALL EQUIPMENT LEVEL AND PLUMB, PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS IN EXPOSED INTERIOR SPACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED C. INSTALL HVAC EQUIPMENT TO FACILITATE SERVICE, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS. CONNECT EQUIPMENT FOR EASE OF REMOVAL, WITH MINIMUM INTERFERENCE TO OTHER INSTALLATIONS D. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH THE EXCEPTION OF AIR HANDLING UNITS, SUPPORTED FROM FLOOR STRUCTURE SHALL BE MOUNTED ON 4" THICK CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. AIR-HANDLING UNITS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON 6" THICK CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS TO ACCOMMODATE PROPER TRAPPING OF THE CONDENSATE DRAIN E. AIR FILTERS SHALL BE REPLACED IN ALL AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT EMPLOYING SUCH PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION AND OWNER OCCUPANCY F. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR ASSUMES FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PUT INTO OPERATION PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF A W ORKING CONTROL SYSTEM, TESTING, AND BALANCING, AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. ALL RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH ROLL TYPE FILTER MEDIA DURING SUCH TEMPORARY OPERATION. OPERATION OF THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION SHALL NOT IMPACT THE EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. MINIMUM 1-YEAR FROM SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE G. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION BETWEEN MOTOR DRIVEN MECHANICAL UNITS AND SHEET METAL SUPPLY, OUTDOOR AIR, EXHAUST, AND/OR RETURN AIR DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS H. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTION BETWEEN MOTOR DRIVEN MECHANICAL UNITS AND CONNECTING PIPING I. BASIS OF DESIGN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR COORDINATING PHYSICAL SPACE REQUIREMENTS OF EQUIVALENT CAPACITY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DEEMED ACCEPTABLE BY THE ENGINEER J. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FACTORY FINISH DAMAGED DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE RESTORED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. DUCTWORK IS SHOWN IN SCHEMATIC FORM. ALL REQUIRED DUCT RISERS AND DROPS TO ALLOW GENERAL ROUTING DEPICTED MAY NOT BE SHOWN. PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO MEET SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES AND FIELD CONDITIONS. EXACT LOCATION OF THE DUCTWORK MAY VARY ACCORDING TO THE COORDINATED SPACE REQUIREMENTS. EACH TRADE SHALL BE TOTALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF CONDITIONS REPRESENTING SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE DESIGNED ROUTING B. COMPLY WITH NFPA 90A, "INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS," UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED C. COMPLY WITH NFPA 90B, "INSTALLATION OF WARM AIR HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS," UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED D. FABRICATE RECTANGULAR DUCTS, ELBOWS, TRANSITIONS, OFFSETS, BRANCH CONNECTIONS, AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WITH GALVANIZED, SHEET STEEL, ACCORDING TO SMACNA'S "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS--METAL AND FLEXIBLE." COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR METAL THICKNESS, REINFORCING TYPES AND INTERVALS, TIE-ROD APPLICATIONS, AND JOINT TYPES AND INTERVALS E. COORDINATE SIZE, QUANTITY, AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS REQUIRED FOR DUCT AND PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, AND ROOFS, WITH CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ROUGH FRAMING. COORDINATE LOCATION OF AIR INTAKES WITH EXHAUST AND PLUMBING VENTS SO THAT INTAKES ARE A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET FROM EXHAUST OPENINGS OR PLUMBING VENTS F. INSTALL DUCTS IN LONGEST LENGTH POSSIBLE AND FEWEST POSSIBLE JOINTS. INSTALL FABRICATED FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTIONS, CHANGES IN SIZE AND SHAPE, AND CONNECTIONS G. INSTALL DUCTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY, PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES; AVOID DIAGONAL RUNS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON DRAWINGS H. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES. COORDINATE MECHANICAL CEILING DEVICES SUCH AS DIFFUSERS AND REGISTERS WITH LIGHT FIXTURES, SPEAKERS, SPRINKLER HEADS, ETC. I. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SPACES: ROUTE DUCTWORK TO AVOID PASSING THROUGH TRANSFORMER VAULTS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SPACES AND ENCLOSURES. AVOID ROUTING DUCTWORK DIRECTLY ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS J. NON-FIRE-RATED PARTITION PENETRATIONS: WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW IN MECHANICAL ROOMS, CONCEAL SPACE BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION OPENING AND DUCT OR DUCT INSULATION WITH SHEET METAL FLANGES OF SAME METAL THICKNESS AS DUCT. OVERLAP OPENING ON FOUR SIDES BY AT LEAST 1-1/2 INCHES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE K. FIRE-RATED PARTITION PENETRATIONS: WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH INTERIOR PARTITIONS, INSTALL APPROPRIATELY RATED FIRE DAMPER. FIRE DAMPER INSTALLATION MUST STRICTLY ADHERE TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS L. PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME-CONTROL BALANCING DAMPER AT ALL BRANCH DUCTS AND AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND BALANCEABLE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM M. BALANCE ENTIRE AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO AIRFLOW QUANTITIES INDICATED ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS N. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY IN POSITIVE PRESSURE APPLICATIONS AT SUPPLY BRANCH RUNOUTS TO DIFFUSERS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL NOT EXCEED 36" IN LENGTH. 90 DEGREE TURNS SHALL ONLY BE ALLOWED IF RETAINING BANDS EQUAL TO THERMAFLEX "FLEX-FLOW" ARE EMPLOYED. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK BE ALLOWED IN NEGATIVE PRESSURE APPLICATIONS A. VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION WORK B. RELOCATE, REMOVE, AND ADJUST ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH SCOPE OF NEW WORK C. EXISTING MECHANICAL ITEMS ARE SHOWN IN SCHEMATIC FORM BASED UPON EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND/OR FIELD INVESTIGATION D. REMOVE EXISTING PIPING AND DUCTWORK BACK TO LAST ACTIVE SERVICE AND CAP E. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT INDICATED TO BE REUSED OR SALVAGED SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER AND BE STORED IN A LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE F. IN LOCATIONS WHERE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS REMOVED AND NO ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION IS INDICATED, PATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES AND FINISHES G. CONNECTIONS TO, AND SHUTDOWNS OF, EXISTING SYSTEMS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO ALLOW MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH OWNER'S OPERATION AND DOWNTIME OF EXISTING UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO OWNER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL THE PROPOSED PHASING PLAN FOR CONNECTING NEW SERVICES TO EXISTING A. DRAWING PLANS, SCHEMATICS, AND DIAGRAMS INDICATE GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING SYSTEMS. INDICATED LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS WERE USED TO SIZE PIPE AND CALCULATE FRICTION LOSS, EXPANSION, PUMP SIZING, AND OTHER DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS. INSTALL PIPING AS INDICATED UNLESS DEVIATIONS TO LAYOUT ARE APPROVED BY ENGINEER B. DELIVER PIPES AND TUBES WITH FACTORY-APPLIED END CAPS. MAINTAIN END CAPS THROUGH SHIPPING, STORAGE, AND HANDLING TO PREVENT PIPE END DAMAGE AND TO PREVENT ENTRANCE OF DIRT, DEBRIS, AND MOISTURE C. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTINGS, CHASES, AND OPENINGS IN BUILDING STRUCTURE WITH ALL TRADES DURING PROGRESS OF CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF REQUIRED SUPPORTING DEVICES AND SET SLEEVES IN POURED-IN-PLACE CONCRETE AND OTHER STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AS THEY ARE CONSTRUCTED D. INSTALL PIPING IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND EXCEPT IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SERVICE AREAS. INSTALL PIPING INDICATED TO BE EXPOSED AND PIPING IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SERVICE AREAS AT RIGHT ANGLES OR PARALLEL TO BUILDING WALLS. DIAGONAL RUNS ARE PROHIBITED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE E. INSTALL PIPING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS TO ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE FOR CEILING PANEL REMOVAL F. INSTALL PIPING TO PERMIT VALVE SERVICING G. INSTALL FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTION AND BRANCH CONNECTIONS H. INSTALL PIPING TO ALLOW APPLICATION OF INSULATION I. INSTALL ESCUTCHEONS FOR PENETRATIONS OF FINISHED WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS J. SLEEVES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR CORE-DRILLED HOLES. K. PERMANENT SLEEVES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR HOLES FORMED BY REMOVABLE PE SLEEVES L. INSTALL SLEEVES FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH CONCRETE AND MASONRY WALLS AND CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF SLABS M. UNDERGROUND, EXTERIOR-WALL PIPE PENETRATIONS: INSTALL CAST-IRON "WALL PIPES" FOR SLEEVES. SEAL PIPE PENETRATIONS USING MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS. SELECT SLEEVE SIZE TO ALLOW FOR 1-INCH ANNULAR CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN PIPE AND SLEEVE FOR INSTALLING MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS N. FIRE-BARRIER PENETRATIONS: MAINTAIN INDICATED FIRE RATING OF WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS AT PIPE PENETRATIONS. SEAL PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH FIRESTOP MATERIALS. O. VERIFY FINAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS FOR ROUGHING-IN. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION PRESSURE SENSOR/SWITCH EXHAUST AIR DUCT TOWARDS EXHAUST AIR DUCT AWAY TJ THROUGH JOISTS CHS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CO2 3-WAY CONTROL VALVE ANGLE GATE VALVE ANGLE GLOBE VALVE BALANCING/SHUTOFF VALVE BALL VALVE BUTTERFLY VALVE CHECK VALVE CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVE CONTROL VALVE EXPANSION VALVE GATE VALVE GLOBE VALVE QUICK OPEN VALVE SAFETY RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID VALVE VACUUM RELIEF VALVE GAS COCK PLUG VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (WATER) PRESSURE REGULATOR (GAS) PIPE SLOPE ARROW WALL SWITCH H S T CFM F P T FLAT OVAL DUCT12x8Φ ROUND DUCT12"ø RECTANGULAR DUCT12x8 AHU 1 METERM MECHANICAL CONTRACTORMC SYMBOLS LEGEND NOTE: NOT ALL SYMBOLS ARE USED IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ABBREVIATIONS LINE STYLE INDICATES DEMOLISHED ITEM TWS TEMPERED WATER SUPPLY APPLICABLE CODES 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2021 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 2021 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE NFPA 70 (ELECTRICAL CODE) 2017 ACCESSIBILITY CODE (VERSION) PLUMBING CODE 2021 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: #DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: Permit Set Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 0220049.06 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 1 1 : 3 1 : 4 0 A M M0.1 GENERAL INFORMATION TC/AC/AG/RR JD JD/RR 02/23/2023 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 GUH - GUH - GUH - GUH - GUH - GUH - IRH - IRH - IRH - IRH - IRH - IRH - IRH - IRH - IRH -IRH - L L L L L L L L 1 3 M1.1 _____ 4 M1.1 _____ 2 45 DEGREE FITTINGS TO ROUTE PIPE ALONG WALL AND TERMINATE UNDERNEATH EXISTING DOWNSPOUT. SEE DETAIL 4. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EXISTING ROOF MEMBRANE LAP SEALANT -EA SIDE OF PATCHED OPENING EXISTING RIGID INSULATION 6"6" ROOF MEMBRANE -LAP EXISTING ROOF MEMBRANE 6" MIN -EA SIDE OF PATCHREMOVE 6" MIN RIGID INSULATION AND COVER BOARD ON EA SIDE OF EXISTING OPENING TO BE PATCHED; REPLACE WITH NEW INSULATION AND COVER BOARD TO MATCH EXISTING COVER BOARD EXISTING METAL ROOF DECK VIF20 GA METAL PLATE OR METAL DECK, 6" OVERLAP MIN AROUND PERIMETER OF DECK INFILL. FASTEN DECK AT EDGE MEMBERS AND SIDELAPS WITH #12 TEK SCREWS AT 6" OC MAX. NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING OPENINGS TO BE INFILLED. 2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD EXISTING DECK TYPE AND PROFILE FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH NEW SPECIFIED DECK INFILL. CONTACT ARCHITECT WITH ANY COMPATIBILITY ISSUES. 3. PROVIDE MIN 6" OVERLAP WITH EXISTING DECK ALONG EDGES OF DECK INFILL. 4. VERIFY ALL EXISTING FRAMING AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD. EXISTING OPENING FROM REMOVED VENT, VERIFY SIZE OF OPENING IN FIELD 4 M1.1 _____ DEMO EXISTING PAD ROUTE STORM PIPING UNDERNEATH EXISTING DOWNSPOUT AND TERMINATE 3 M1.1 _____ www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: #DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: Permit Set Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 0220049.06 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 1 1 : 3 1 : 4 1 A M M1.1 OVERALL MECHANICAL PLAN RR JD JD/RR SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0"1 OVERALL MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN A. ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEMOLISHED ASIDE FROM LOUVERS MARKED WITH KEY NOTE 1 . GENERAL NOTES KEYNOTES 1 EXISTING LOUVERS TO REMAIN. 2 DEMOLISH EXISTING DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE FROM EXISTING STORM OVERFLOW DRAIN. USING 45 DEGREE FITTINGS, ROUTE FROM EXSITING LOCATION OVER TO NEW DOWNSPOUT LOCATION TO ALLOW FOR NEW ELECTRICAL GEARING. SEE DETAILS 3 AND 4 ON SHEET M1.1 FOR DETAILS. 0 84 16 NORTH TRUE SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 ROOF PATCH DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"3 STORM FRONT VIEW SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"4 STORM SIDE VIEW 02/23/2023 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 RECESSED DOWNLIGHT w/ EMERGENCY BALLAST/DRIVER - CEILING MTD. SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE - CEILING MOUNTED SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE CEILING FAN QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED SINGLE RECEPTACLE QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE LIGHTING CONTACTOR POLE MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING - QUAD HEAD a PHOTOCELL UTILITY KILOWATT-HOUR METER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - EMERGENCY POWER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - SPLIT WIRED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - ABOVE COUNTER MAGNETIC STARTER SAFETY SWITCH - FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH - NON-FUSIBLE EQUIPMENT - MOTOR POLE MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING - TRIPLE HEAD POLE MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING - DUAL HEAD POLE MOUNTED SITE LIGHTING - SINGLE HEAD EXIT SIGN - DUAL FACE, WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN - DUAL FACE, CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN - SINGLE FACE, WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN - SINGLE FACE, CEILING MOUNTED ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EXIT BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD - FLUSH MOUNTED DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD OR SWITCHBOARD MOTOR CONTROL CENTER BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD - SURFACE MOUNTED CONTROL PANEL TRANSFORMER POWER RECESSED DOWNLIGHT - CEILING MOUNTED LIGHTING COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET - CEILING MOUNTED COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET - WALL MOUNTED DATA OUTLET - CEILING MOUNTED DATA OUTLET - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DATA OUTLET - WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET - CEILING MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET - FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH CONTROL DEVICE - DOOR HOLD OPEN METER CIRCUIT BREAKER GROUND MANUAL PULL STATION FIRE ALARM ONE-LINE DIAGRAM GENERATOR DELTA-WYE TRANSFORMER SWITCH SERVICE DROP TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD (PROVIDE WITH 3/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD) SHUNT TRIP PUSH BUTTON TTB HAND DRYER INTERCOM MASTER STATION INTERCOM REMOTE STATION P PEDESTAL MOUNT S HIGH SECURITY G GENERAL USE CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER DVR AND RACK ACCESS CONTROL CONTROL PANEL CONDUIT - CAPPED CABLE TRAY SEALING FITTING EXPANSION FITTING CONDUIT FITTING (CONDULET) JUNCTION BOX CONDUIT - FLEXIBLE CONDUIT - CONTINUED CONDUIT - CONCEALED BELOW SLAB OR GRADE CONDUIT - UP AND DOWN (CHANGE IN ELEVATION) CONDUIT - TURNING UP CONDUIT - EXPOSED CONDUIT - CONCEALED IN SUSPENDED CEILING OR WALL CONDUIT - TURNING DOWN REVISION CALL-OUT ROOM NUMBER FEEDER CALL-OUT KEYNOTE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CALL-OUT: REFER TO THE EQUIPMENT DATA SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS GENERAL JUNCTION BOX - EMERGENCY POWER FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION WIRING AND CONDUITS NEW EQUIPMENT (TYPICAL) EXISTING EQUIPMENT (TYPICAL) DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT (TYPICAL) WALL MOUNT BRACKET (TYPICAL) DUCT DETECTOR HOUSING AND SAMPLING TUBE P R CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET - ABOVE COUNTER LUMINAIRE - SURFACE MOUNTED OPEN INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE RECESSED LUMINAIRE CONNECTED TO THE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM OR BALLAST/DRIVER OPEN INDUSTRIAL LUMINAIRE EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM OR BALLAST/DRIVER LUMINAIRE TYPE PANEL NAME LUMINAIRE - RECESSED (REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE) CONNECTED FOR NIGHT LIGHT USE 1LP-1a NL CIRCUIT NUMBER AND SWITCH LEG (LUMINAIRES ARE CONTROLLED BY LOCAL SWITCH UNLESS DESIGNATION GIVEN) A NURSE CALL NURSE CALL CONTROL PANEL NURSE CALL DEVICE P PULL CORD B BED STATION CB CODE BLUE D DUTY STATION M MASTER STATION NURSE CALL DOME LIGHT DATA OUTLET - ABOVE COUNTER TELEPHONE OUTLET - ABOVE COUNTER SPECIAL SYSTEMS CARD READER - WITH 3/4" CONDUIT K WITH KEY PAD ELECTRIC STRIKE WITH 3/4" CONDUIT ELECTRO-MAGNETIC LOCK WITH 3/4" CONDUIT VIDEO MONITOR, FLAT SCREEN LCD WITH 3/4" CONDUIT DOOR STATUS SWITCH WITH 3/4" CONDUIT MOTION DETECTOR WITH 3/4" CONDUIT POWER SUPPLY FOR PTZ CAMERA WITH 3/4" CONDUIT INDOOR FIXED CAMERA WITH 3/4" CONDUIT PTZ PAN TILT ZOOM WP WEATHERPROOF 4-CHANNEL CAMERA POWER SUPPLY WITH 3/4" CONDUIT TV OUTLET WITH 3/4" CONDUIT HANDICAP DOOR OPERATORS - SEE ARCHITECURALS WITH 3/4" CONDUIT GLASS BREAK SENSOR WITH 3/4" CONDUIT VOLUME CONTROLLER - WITH 3/4" CONDUIT a WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRE a T-1 45 KVA 3Ø 208Y/120VAC # AF # AT # A # A # 75 75 C 75 C 75 75 C C G ST SPD VFD GROUND FAULT PROTECTED BREAKER SHUNT TRIP BREAKER CONTACTOR CURRENT TRANSFORMER POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKER# AF # AT FUSE PANELBOARD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE THERMAL OVERLOAD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE K KIRK KEY INTERLOCK DPM DIGITAL POWER METER QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE - ABOVE COUNTER PP POWER POLE LINEAR PENDANT PENDANT LRP LIGHTING RELAY PANEL INV INVERTER SURFACE MOUNTED DOWNLIGHT EMERGENCY LIGHT EXIT SIGN WITH EMERGENCY LIGHT ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF EXIT 1 Room name 101A PLUMBING EQUIPMENT CALL-OUT: REFER TO THE EQUIPMENT DATA SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS J J M G # A # POLES PANEL ### M F VFD T POLE MOUNTED TRANSFORMERT J H DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R) GFI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER SS SURGE SUPPRESSOR (ISOLATED GROUND TYPE) WP WEATHERPROOF HG HOSPITAL GRADE TR TAMPER RESISTANT C CONTROLLED D DEDICATED USB STANDARD DUPLEX WITH 2 USB PORTS FLOOR BOX - SEE SPECS OR KEYED NOTES ON PLAN FOR DETAILS COMBINATION STARTER VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE PC LC1 TOGGLE SWITCH 2 DOUBLE-POLE SINGLE-THROW (DPST) 3 3-WAY 4 4-WAY b LOWER CASE LETTER DENOTES LTG. SWITCH GROUP D DIMMER (WALL BOX TYPE) F FAN SPEED CONTROLLER K KEY OPERATED LV LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH MC MOMENTARY CONTACT SWITCH OS WALL BOX OCCUPANCY SENSOR OS2 WALL BOX OCCUPANCY SENSOR FOR TWO LEVEL SWITCHING P PILOT LIGHT T TIMER TC TEACHER CONTROLS STATION TE TEACHER ENTRY STATION VS WALL BOX VACANCY SENSOR WP WEATHERPROOF OS DL CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR a LOWER CASE LETTER DENOTES LTG. SWITCH GROUP CEILING MOUNTED DAYLIGHT SENSOR a LOWER CASE LETTER DENOTES LTG. SWITCH GROUP MAIN CONTROL PANEL (FCP) FCP F/A MAIN CONTROL PANEL FSA FIRE SYSTEM ANNUNCIATOR FTR F/A TRANSPONDER OR TRANSMITTER ESR ELEVATOR STATUS RECALL FRP F/A RELAY PANEL FAC F/A COMMUNICATOR FPS FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATION CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY SMOKE DETECTOR P PHOTOELECTRIC PL PLENUM SMOKE DETECTOR S SOUNDER BASE THERMAL (HEAT) DETECTOR R RATE OF RISE ONLY F FIXED TEMPERATURE L LINE TYPE FIXED TEMPERATURE CABLE ALL HEAT DETECTORS SHALL BE 135°, COMBINATION TYPE UNLESS INDICATED OTHWERWISE. ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE MODULE C CONTROL M MONITORING S SIGNALLING V SOLENOID VALVE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE C CHIME H HORN LF LOW FREQUENCY NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE - STROBE ONLY CANDELA VALUE AS SHOWN MINIMUM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE WITH STROBE CANDELA VALUE AS SHOWN MINIMUM C CHIME H HORN LF LOW FREQUENCY NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE (CEILING) C CHIME STROBE H HORN STROBE LF LOW FREQUENCY CANDELA VALUE AS SHOWN MINIMUM CEILING MOUNTED COMBINATION VOICE EVACUATION SPEAKER AND STROBE CANDELA VALUE AS SHOWN MINIMUM COMBINATION VOICE EVACUATION SPEAKER AND STROBE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CANDELA VALUE AS SHOWN MINIMUM FCP F S D H DP TS WF SUPERVISORY SWITCH - DRY-PIPE PRESSURE SWITCH SUPERVISORY SWITCH - TAMPER SWITCH SUPERVISORY SWITCH - WATER FLOW SWITCH F F CO S S COMMUNICATIONS (FOR ROUGH-IN ONLY -SEE DETAIL) TELEPHONE OUTLET - WALL MOUNTED - WALL MOUNTED T TOUCH TONE DEVICE FOR THE DEAF W WALL PHONE D DEDICATED TELEPHONE OUTLET ACCP DVR CR ES ML VM DC MS PS PS4 TV GB V S S IMS I PUSH BUTTON DB DOOR BELL SPEAKER/ CHIME NCCP N N RECESSED ADJUSTABLE/WALLWASH - CEILING MOUNTED a VS CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY VACANCY SENSOR a LOWER CASE LETTER DENOTES LTG. SWITCH GROUP RTS REMOTE TEST SWITCH TRACK LIGHTING GROUND BAR 100A4G # KVA/KW 480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W 49 ELECTRONIC OVERLOAD AHU 1 GWH1 1 C CC CLOCK DOUBLE SIDED CLOCK # WIRELESS ACCESS POINT RX REQUEST TO EXIT ROOM CONTROLLERRC WAP ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERC CEILING MOUNTED VOICE EVACUATION SPEAKER VOICE EVACUATION SPEAKER NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES S GENERATOR ANNUNCIATOR PANELGAP PANEL NAME-CIRCUIT NUMBER LPA-1 PANEL NAME-CIRCUIT NUMBER LPA-1 PANEL NAME-CIRCUIT NUMBER LPA-1 PANEL NAME-CIRCUIT NUMBER LPA-1 J DEAD FRONT GFI WIRING DEVICE GFI B EMERGENCY POWER OFF PUSH BUTTON www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 4 : 5 7 A M E0.1 GENERAL INFORMATION RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET SYMBOLS LEGEND NOTE: NOT ALL SYMBOLS ARE USED IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 4 : 5 7 A M E0.2 GENERAL INFORMATION RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET a. EXCEPTION: ALL RECESSED LUMINAIRES IN HARD CEILINGS SHALL HAVE FEED-THRU JUNCTION BOXES. 6. MAXIMUM SIX FOOT FLEXIBLE LUMINAIRE WHIP SHALL BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN LAY-IN CEILINGS. MAXIMUM FOUR LUMINAIRE WHIPS SHALL BE CONNECTED FROM ONE JUNCTION BOX. FEED THRU BETWEEN LUMINAIRES SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. 5. NO SHARING OF NEUTRALS ALLOWED. CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE DEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. ONE CIRCUIT, ONE NEUTRAL. 4. DERATING OF CONDUCTOR AMPACITY SHALL BE APPLIED PER NEC. 3. EACH RACEWAY SHALL CONTAIN AN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PER NEC. 2. MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE #12 AWG. #10 AWG SHALL BE USED FOR HOME RUNS OF 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS OVER 100 FEET IN LENGTH. 1. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4". L. WHERE CONDUIT AND WIRING RUNS ARE NOT SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE AND PROVIDE THE REQUIRED CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR SPECIFIED CIRCUITING IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: K. ALL FLOOR MOUNTED SWITCH GEAR, UNIT SUBSTATIONS, BOXES AND TRANSFORMERS LARGER THAN 75 KVA SHALL BE INSTALLED ON A NOMINAL 4” HOUSEKEEPING PAD. PAD SHALL EXTEND FROM ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 6” IN ANY DIRECTION. J. SECURE ALL LOW VOLTAGE DATA, SIGNALING AND CONTROL WIRING TO THE STRUCTURE AT INTERVALS NO MORE THAN 4 FEET. I. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT SCALE DRAWING FOR QUANTITIES. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING ALL MEASUREMENTS. H. HAZARDOUS AREAS: IN DESIGNATED ROOMS AND AREAS, IT IS NOT THE INTENT TO SHOW EACH EXPLOSION-PROOF COMPONENT, SUCH AS SEAL-OFFS, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ALL WORK IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE ARTICLES 500 OF THE N.E.C. G. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID PROPOSAL, BIDDER SHALL EXAMINE ALL GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND VISIT CONSTRUCTION SITE TO BE FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THEY WILL HAVE TO OPERATE AND WHICH WILL IN ANY WAY AFFECT THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. NO SUBSEQUENT ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE IN THIS CONNECTION ON BEHALF OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR ANY ERROR OR NEGLIGENCE ON HIS PART. F. PROVIDE AND INSTALL IN EACH PANEL, TYPEWRITTEN NEAT TWO-COLUMN CIRCUIT INDEX CARD SET UNDER PLASTIC COVERS ON INSIDE OF DOORS. EACH ODD-NUMBERED CIRCUIT SHALL BE IN SEQUENCE ON ONE COLUMN AND THE EVEN-NUMBERED CIRCUITS ON THE OTHER COLUMN (E.G. 1,3,5...,2,4,6...). EACH CIRCUIT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS TO THE USE AND ROOM NAME(S) OR AREA(S). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ROOM NAMES AND/OR ROOM NUMBERS WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROJECT COMPLETION. E. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS OF THE ENGINEERS TIME REQUIRED TO REVIEW AND RESEARCH NON-SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED FOR SUBSTITUTION BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THESE COSTS SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY INVOICED TO THE CONTRACTOR UNLESS SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS FOLLOW THE GUIDELINES FOR SUBSTITUTION AND ARE WITHIN THE PROPER TIME FRAME AS OUTLINED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. 1. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE-RESISTIVE FLOORS OR SHAFT WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS THAT CONFORM TO UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES LISTINGS FOR "THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEMS." THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING DETAILS, FURNISHED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE FIRE STOP MATERIAL, WHICH SHOW COMPLETE CONFORMANCE TO THE UL LISTING AND SHALL BE SPECIFIC FOR EACH PENETRATION WITH ALL VARIABLES DEFINED. THESE FINAL AND APPROVED DRAWINGS SHALL BE READILY AVAILABLE TO THE LOCAL INSPECTORS AT ALL TIMES AT THE PROJECT SITE. D. CONFIRM ALL FIRE-RATED CEILINGS AND WALLS. C. GROUT AND SEAL ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS OF WALLS AND FLOOR SLABS TO PRESERVE FIRE RATING AND WATERTIGHT INTEGRITY. B. COORDINATE SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION WITH THE OWNER, OTHER TRADES AND UTILITIES INVOLVED BEFORE TRENCHING AND INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT. USE EXTREME CAUTION DURING EXCAVATION TO LOCATE EXISTING UNDERGROUND PIPING, CONDUITS, ETC. LOCATE AND PROTECT ANY BURIED UTILITIES IN AREAS OF EXCAVATION. A. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT, VERIFY ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER TRADES CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND FINALIZED SHOP DRAWINGS. VERIFICATION SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE, TOTAL LOAD, OVER-CURRENT PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS, MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTION, CABLE TYPE AND SIZE, WIRING DIAGRAMS. COMMON REQUIREMENTS: G. EXISTING LOW VOLTAGE WIRING WHICH WILL NOT BE MADE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE DISTURBED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE RESTORED TO CONDITION, OR POSITION, AS REQUIRED. PROPERLY RE-SECURE CABLE IN CHASES, CRAWL SPACES, TUNNELS, AND CEILING SPACES AS REQUIRED BY NEC. IN SOME CASES IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO ADD SUPPORTING HARDWARE TO ACCOMPLISH THIS REQUIREMENT. F. ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS REQUIRING AN OUTAGE SHALL BE MADE DURING AN APPROVED TIME LIMIT. CHANGEOVERS SHALL BE AS SHORT A DURATION AS POSSIBLE AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH NORMAL OPERATION OF THE OWNER'S FACILITIES. NOTICE SHALL BE REQUIRED IN ADVANCE OF A SHUTDOWN OF ANY ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT FOR CHANGEOVER, AND SUCH A CHANGEOVER SHALL BE DONE DURING HOURS AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. WORK SHALL BE SCHEDULED SO THAT AT NO TIME WILL ANY EMERGENCY FEEDER, CIRCUIT, OR FIRE ALARM ZONE BE OUT OF SERVICE. PROVIDE NECESSARY TEMPORARY FEEDERS TO ACCOMPLISH THIS REQUIREMENT. E. EXAMINE STRUCTURAL, AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT, INCLUDING EXISTING, TEMPORARY, REMODELED AND NEW AREAS. D. ALL TEMPORARY AND REMODELING WORK SHALL BE CONSIDERED A PART OF THIS CONTRACT AND NO EXTRA CHARGES WILL BE ALLOWED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE MINOR ITEMS OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS AND INTENT OF THE PROJECT. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER RESTORATION OF ALL EXISTING SURFACES REQUIRING PATCHING, PLASTERING, PAINTING AND/OR OTHER REPAIR DUE TO THE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CLOSE ALL OPENINGS, REPAIR ALL SURFACES, ETC., AS REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY QUALIFIED AND EXPERIENCED WORKMEN FOR THIS WORK. ALL RESTORATION WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT AND/OR THE OWNER. B. EXISTING ELECTRICAL WIRING WHICH WILL NOT BE MADE OBSOLETE AND WHICH WILL BE DISTURBED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION CHANGES REQUIRED BY THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE RESTORED TO OPERATING CONDITION, AS REQUIRED AND/OR DIRECTED. WHERE REQUIRED, SHOWN AND/OR DIRECTED, OUTLETS AND CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE RELOCATED. IN SOME CASES IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO EXTEND CONDUITS AND PULL IN NEW WIRING OR INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND SPLICE IN NEW WIRING OR REPLACE OLD WIRING WITH NEW. 1. DRAWINGS SHOW EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE SITE. AN ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO SHOW EXISTING BUILDING, SITE DETAILS, ETC., BUT ACCURACY CANNOT BE GUARANTEED. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL CIRCUITS, CONDUITS, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. VERIFY ALL SITE AND BUILDING DETAILS. A. RENOVATION OF ELECTRICAL FACILITIES WILL BE REQUIRED IN THE EXISTING BUILDING. EXISTING CONDUIT RUNS ARE GENERALLY NOT SHOWN, ALTHOUGH A FULL ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO SHOW SOME EXISTING CONDITIONS, OF WHICH INFORMATION HAS BEEN TAKEN FROM EXISTING RECORD DRAWINGS OF THIS PROJECT. THE DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, OUTLETS, LUMINAIRES, ETC., IN EXISTING AREAS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY. RENOVATION NOTES: %Z IMPEDANCE (E) EXISTING (ALSO COVERED BY TEXT WEIGHT) (F) FUTURE (PART) PARTIAL CIRCUIT (R) RELOCATE A AMPERES AC 6" ABOVE COUNTER ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AF AMPERES FRAME AFCI ARC FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AIC AMPERES INTERRUPTION CAPACITY AL ALUMINUM AT AMPERES TRIP ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BMS BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM C CONDUIT CAM CAMERA CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CCW COUNTER CLOCKWISE CKT CIRCUIT CL CENTER LINE CLG CEILING CO CONDUIT ONLY CRI COLOR RENDERING INDEX CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CU COPPER CW CLOCKWISE D DEDICATED DIA DIAMETER DISC DISCONNECT DIST DISTRIBUTION DPDT DOUBLE POLE DOUBLE THROW DPST DOUBLE POLE SINGLE THROW DR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DWG DRAWING(S) EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ELC ELEVATOR CONTRACTOR ELEC ELECTRIC/ELECTRICAL EM EMERGENCY EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING EQUIP EQUIPMENT EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER F FUSED FA FIRE ALARM FAA FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FC FOOTCANDLE FLA FULL LOAD AMPERES FMC FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT FO FIBER OPTIC FPC FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR FS FUSED SWITCH FSC FOOD SERVICE CONTRACTOR FSD FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER FT FOOT/FEET FVNR FULL VOLTAGE, NON-REVERSING FVR FULL VOLTAGE, REVERSING G/GND GROUND/GROUNDING GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GEN GENERATOR GF GROUND FAULT GFI/GFCI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER H HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED HG HOSPITAL GRADE HH HANDHOLE HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HOA HAND-OFF-AUTO HP HORSEPOWER HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM HZ FREQUENCY I/O INPUT/OUTPUT ID INSIDE DIAMETER IDF INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FRAME IG ISOLATED GROUND IMC INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT ISC SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT JB JUNCTION BOX K KELVIN (COLOR TEMPERATURE) KCMIL 1000 CIRCULAR MILS KV KILOVOLTS KVA KILVOLT-AMPERES KW KILOWATTS KWH KILOWATT-HOUR LAN LOCAL AREA NETWORK LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE LF LINEAR FOOT LFMC LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT LM LUMEN LTG LIGHTING LV LOW VOLTAGE MAX MAXIMUM MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPERES MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER ABBREVIATIONSGENERAL NOTES MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR MDF MAIN DISTRIBUTION FRAME MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MEPFP MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION MGB MASTER GROUND BAR MH METAL HALIDE MIN MINIMUM MLO MAIN LUG ONLY MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MSB MAIN SWITCHBOARD MTG MOUNTING MTS MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH MVA MEGAVOLT-AMPERES MW MEGAWATT MWH MEGAWATT-HOURS N NEUTRAL N/A NOT APPLICABLE NC NORMALLY CLOSED NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NF NON-FUSED NFPA NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NL NIGHT LIGHT NO NORMALLY OPEN NP NAMEPLATE NTS NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OH OVERHEAD OWN OWNER P POLE PA PUBLIC ADDRESS PB PULL BOX PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PF POWER FACTOR PH PHASE PIR PASSIVE INFRARED PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER PNL PANEL PR PAIR PRI PRIMARY PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER PV PHOTOVOLTAIC PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PWC PRE-WIRED CONTROLS PWR POWER RCPT RECEPTACLE REQD REQUIRED RF RADIO FREQUENCY RM ROOM RMC RIGID METAL CONDUIT RNC RIGID NON-METALLIC CONDUIT (SCH 40) RVAT REDUCED VOLTAGE - AUTOTRANSFORMER SC SHORT CIRCUIT SCC SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING SDP SUBDISTRIBUTION PANEL SEC SECONDARY SHLD SHIELD(ED) (AS IN CABLE) SHT SHEET SPD SURGE-PROTECTIVE DEVICE SPDT SINGLE POLE DOUBLE THROW SPST SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW SR SINGLE RECEPTACLE SS SURGE SUPPRESSOR (ISOLATED GROUND TYPE) ST SHUNT TRIP SW SWITCH SWBD SWITCHBOARD SWGR SWITCHGEAR TBD TO BE DETERMINED TC TIMECLOCK TCC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS CONTRACTOR TEMP TEMPERATURE TR TAMPER RESISTANT TT THERMAL TRIP SWITCH TTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD TYP TYPICAL U UTILITY UG UNDERGROUND UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UPS UNINTERUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY USB STANDARD DUPLEX WITH 2 USB PORTS V VOLTS VA VOLT-AMPERES VAC VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRENT VDC VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VND VENDOR W WATTS W WIRE WHM WATTHOUR METER WP WEATHERPROOF XFMR TRANSFORMER XP EXPLOSION PROOF DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 4 : 5 8 A M E0.3 SPECIFICATIONS RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET A. THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER THIS DIVISION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION, CONSTRUCTION, FACILITIES, AND INCIDENTALS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF ALL ELECTRICAL WORK AS SHOWN AND INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS, AND/OR HEREIN SPECIFIED WITH THE INTENT THAT THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT, READY FOR USE. COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION IN FORCE OF THE NFPA CODES INCLUDING THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES. WORK INCLUDED IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS PANELBOARDS SWITCHBOARDS C. SUBMIT ELECTRONIC COPIES OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL/RECORD DOCUMENTS. MANUAL/RECORD DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSIST OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRODUCT DATA, MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT PRINTED OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, LIST OF ORIGINAL SPARE PARTS, LIST OF SUPPLIERS DISTRIBUTING SPARE PARTS, RECOMMENDED QUANTITIES TO BE MAINTAINED IN STORAGE AND ALL WARRANTIES. MANUAL SHALL INCLUDE INFORMATION ON THE FOLLOWING: IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS GROUNDING PRODUCTS PANELBOARDS SWITCHBOARDS A. SUBMIT ELECTRONIC COPIES OF PRODUCT DATA, SHOP DRAWINGS, WIRING DIAGRAMS AND LITERATURE ON SYSTEMS INDICATED BELOW. LITERATURE SHALL BE MARKED TO INDICATE THE SIZE, TYPE OR MODEL BEING PROPOSED AND ALL ACCESSORIES TO BE PROVIDED. SUBMITTALS B. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS OF THE ENGINEER'S TIME REQUIRED TO REVIEW AND RESEARCH NON-SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED FOR SUBSTITUTION BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THESE COSTS SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY INVOICED TO THE CONTRACTOR UNLESS SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS FOLLOW THE GUIDELINES FOR SUBSTITUTION AND ARE WITHIN THE PROPER TIME FRAME AS OUTLINED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. A. "APPROVED EQUAL" INDICATES THE SPECIFYING ENGINEER SHALL APPROVE ALL CONTRACTOR PROPOSED ALTERNATE MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURERS. ENGINEER'S DECISION IS FINAL. GENERAL B. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY ON ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FOR A TIME PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. A. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY ON COMPLETE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE FOR A TIME PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. WARRANTY B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SERVICE ENTRANCE THOROUGHLY WITH UTILITY COMPANY. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS RELATED TO SERVICE ENTRANCE WORK, INCLUDING ANY CHARGES FROM THE UTILITY COMPANY. A. IN GENERAL, COORDINATE WORK THOROUGHLY WITH OTHER TRADES, OWNER AND UTILITY COMPANIES TO PROVIDE EFFICIENT FLOW OF THE WORK AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT. COORDINATION C. "APPROVED EQUAL" INDICATES THE SPECIFYING ENGINEER SHALL APPROVE ALL CONTRACTOR PROPOSED ALTERNATE MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURERS. ENGINEER'S DECISION IS FINAL. B. IDENTIFICATION: LAMINATED PLASTIC LABELS ON ALL EQUIPMENT, SWITCHES, CONTROLS, ETC. A. IN GENERAL ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE: NEW, U.L. LISTED FOR THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION AS SPECIFIED OR AS REQUIRED, AND INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. BASIC MATERIALS N. PROVIDE CONDUIT SEALING FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. LOCATE FITTINGS AT SUITABLE, APPROVED, ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS AND FILL WITH U.L. LISTED SEALING COMPOUND. INSTALL SEALING FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE W ITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. M. WHEN NOTED ON DRAWINGS, CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED EXPOSED WITH CONDUIT PARALLEL TO AND AT RIGHT ANGLES TO NEARBY SURFACES OR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. L. CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. K. LT CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT IN OUTDOOR LOCATIONS, IN DAMP OR WET INDOOR LOCATIONS, HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS, OR WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC AND WHERE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. J. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT IN INDOOR DRY LOCATIONS, FOR CONNECTION TO INDOOR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES (SIX FOOT MAXIMUM LENGTH), WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC AND WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. I. PVC CONDUIT SHALL BE USED IN UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS, BELOW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB (WITH RGS CONDUIT STUB UPS), WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC AND WHERE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. H. RGS CONDUIT SHALL BE USED IN OUTDOOR EXPOSED LOCATIONS, INDOOR DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS, HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS, OR WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC AND W HERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. G. EMT MAY BE USED WHERE PERMITTED BY NEC EXCEPT WHERE OTHER TYPE IS SPECIFIED HEREIN OR NOTED ON DRAWINGS. F. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 3/4". E. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL (LT) CONDUIT: FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT WITH PVC JACKET WITH APPROVED FITTINGS, SIZED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR IF NOT SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND OTHER APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. D. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT W ITH ZINC COATING AND APPROVED FITTINGS, SIZED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR IF NOT SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND OTHER APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. C. RIGID NON-METALLIC (PVC) CONDUIT: SCHEDULE 40 PVC TYPE COMPLYING WITH NEMA TC2, U.L. 651, AND ARTICLE 347 OF NEC. FITTINGS SHALL BE PVC, CHEMICAL SOLVENT SEALING TYPE. SIZED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR IF NOT SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND OTHER APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL (RGS) CONDUIT: COMPLYING WITH ANSI C80.1, THREADED CONDUIT WITH APPROVED FITTINGS, SIZED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR IF NOT SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND OTHER APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. A. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT): COMPLYING WITH ANSI C80.3 WITH COMPRESSION TYPE FITTINGS, SIZED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR IF NOT SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND OTHER APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONDUIT 4. BE U.L. LISTED AND LABELED FOR THEIR APPLICATION. 3. BE OF PROPER SIZE AND SHAPE FOR CONDUITS ENTERING THEM. 2. BE NEMA TYPE 3R OR NEMA TYPE 4 FOR INDOOR DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS AND OUTDOOR LOCATIONS. 1. BE NEMA TYPE 1 FOR INDOOR DRY LOCATIONS. A. ALL PULL/JUNCTION BOXES AND ENCLOSURES SHALL: BOXES E. MC CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED EXCEPT FOR FIXTURE WHIPS. D. ALL CONDUCTORS FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE COPPER. C. ALL CONDUCTORS SIZE #10 AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID COPPER. CONDUCTORS SIZE #8 AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. B. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COLOR CODED WITH WIRE LABELS INSTALLED FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION. A. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, 600 VOLT, TYPE THHN/THWN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #12 AWG FOR POWER WIRING AND #14 AWG FOR CONTROL WIRING. WIRE AND CABLES A. ALL CONNECTORS SHALL BE OF MATERIAL COMPATIBLE WITH THE MATERIAL OF THE CONDUCTORS TO PREVENT CORRODING, DIFFERENCES IN COEFFICIENTS OF EXPANSION AND ELECTROLYSIS AS MANUFACTURED BY IDEAL, BURNDY, THOMAS AND BETTS, AND 3-M. WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES I. COLOR: BLACK TEXT ON ORANGE BACKGROUND UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. b. OTHER SYSTEMS: TYPE OF SERVICE. a. EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM: TEXT "EMERGENCY". 2. MARKERS FOR SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION: 1. MARKERS FOR VOLTAGE IDENTIFICATION: HIGHEST VOLTAGE PRESENT H. LEGEND: 4. MARKERS FOR JUNCTION BOXES: 1/2 BY 2 1/4 INCHES (13 BY 57mm). 3. MARKERS FOR PULL BOXES: 1 1/8 BY 4 1/2 INCHES (29 BY 110mm). 2. MARKERS FOR CONDUITS: AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR CONDUIT SIZE TO BE IDENTIFIED. 1. MARKERS FOR EQUIPMENT: 1 1/8 BY 4 1/2 INCHES (29 BY 110mm). G. MINIMUM SIZE: F. MARKERS FOR BOX AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES: USE FACTORY PRE-PRINTED SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL OR SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL CLOTH TYPE MARKERS. 1. EES CONDUITS IN HEALTHCARE FACILITIES SHALL HAVE MARKERS INSTALLED ON RACEWAYS PER NEC. E. MARKERS FOR CONDUITS: USE FACTORY PRE-PRINTED SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL TYPE MARKERS. WIRE COLOR CODE FOR 120/208V, 3Ø, 4W PHASE A: BLACK PHASE B: RED PHASE C: BLUE NEUTRAL: WHITE GROUND: GREEN WIRE COLOR CODE FOR 480V PHASE A: BROWN PHASE B: ORANGE PHASE C: YELLOW NEUTRAL: GRAY GROUND: GREEN D.WIRE SHALL BE COLOR CODED IN INDUSTRY STANDARD FORMAT, COLORED CONDUCTOR OR COLORED TAPE WRAPPING. C.RECEPTACLES SHALL HAVE ENGRAVED COVER PLATES IDENTIFYING THE PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER. B.ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A TYPEWRITTEN CIRCUIT DIRECTORY, LAMINATED AND MOUNTED INSIDE THE PANEL COVER. A.ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, DISCONNECT DEVICES, CONTROLLERS, ETC., SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A WHITE NAMEPLATE WITH BLACK ENGRAVED LETTERS MOUNTED IN A VISIBLE LOCATION ON THE DEVICE. PLATE SHALL INDICATE THE DEVICE TAG, THE SOURCE OF POWER AND THE CIRCUIT NUMBER. IDENTIFICATION D. THE GROUNDED CONDUCTOR OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL BE GROUNDED AT THE SERVICE DISCONNECT. PROVIDE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR IN 3/4" CONDUIT FROM SERVICE DISCONNECT TO TEN FEET (10'-0") LONG, 5/8" DIAMETER, COPPERCLAD GROUND ROD. EXOTHERMIC WELD CONDUCTOR TO GROUND ROD. ADDITIONAL GROUND RODS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT 16 FOOT SPACINGS AS NEEDED TO COMPLY WITH THE MAXIMUM RESISTANCE ALLOWED (SEE TESTING). GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SIZED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AS A MINIMUM. C. ELECTRICAL SERVICE SHALL BE GROUNDED AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE UTILITY COMPANY AND NEC. B. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE GROUNDED USING A GREEN INSULATED, COPPER, EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE USED AS AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SIZED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AS A MINIMUM. A. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE A COMPLETELY GROUNDED SYSTEM. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, SUPPORTS, CABINETS, ENCLOSURES, ETC. SHALL BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. GROUNDING AND BONDING 4. SIEMENS 'APPROVED EQUAL' 3. CUTLER-HAMMER 'APPROVED EQUAL' 2. GENERAL ELECTRIC 'APPROVED EQUAL' 1. SQUARE D CLASS 3110 'HEAVY DUTY' F. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS E. THE SWITCHBOARD THROUGH-BUS SHALL BE TIN-PLATED COPPER. THE SWITCHBOARD BUSSING SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT CROSS SECTIONAL AREA TO MEET ALL UL STANDARDS FOR TEMPERATURE RISE. THE THROUGH BUS SHALL HAVE THE AMPERAGE CAPACITY AS INDICATED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. THE THROUGH BUS SHALL BE 100% RATED AND SHALL EXTEND THE FULL LENGTH OF THE SWITCHBOARD. THE NEUTRAL PLATE SHALL BE COPPER PROVIDED WITH CU/AL LUGS FOR THE DEVICES INSTALLED AND FUTURE DEVICES. D. THE ENTIRE SWITCHBOARD SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION AT 100,000 AIC. THE SWITCHBOARD SHALL BE LABELED TO INDICATE THE OPERATION AT 100,000 AIC, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE STRUCTURE, BUSSING, AND SWITCHBOARD BRANCH DEVICES. C. ALL PAINTED PARTS SHALL BE PRETREATED AND PROVIDED WITH A CORROSION-RESISTANT, UL LISTED ACRYLIC BAKED PAINT FINISH. THE PAINT COLOR SHALL BE #61 MEDIUM LIGHT GRAY PER ANSI STANDARDS. B. SWITCHBOARD SHALL BE TOTALLY ENCLOSED. DEAD FRONT FREE STANDING, FRONT AND REAR ALIGNED WITH FRONT ONLY ACCESSIBILITY. THE SWITCHBOARD SHALL BE TYPE 3R. THE FRAMEWORK SHALL BE OF UL GAUGE STEEL AND SECURED TOGETHER TO SUPPORT ALL COVER PLATES, BUSSING AND COMPONENT DEVICES DURING SHIPPING AND INSTALLATION. FORMED REMOVABLE CLOSURE PLATES SHALL BE USED ON THE FRONT, REAR AND SIDES. ALL CLOSURE PLATES ARE TO BE SINGLE TOOL, SCREW REMOVABLE. A. FURNISH THE SWITCHBOARD(S) AS HEREIN SPECIFIED AND SHOWN ON THE ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. THE SWITCHBOARD(S) SHALL MEET UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL BE LABELED AS SO. SWITCHBOARDS 2. LITTELFUSE 1. BUSSMANN B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. SHALL BE U.L. LISTED FOR ITS SPECIFIC APPLICATION. FUSES DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 4 : 5 8 A M E0.4 SPECIFICATIONS RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET c. ANALYZE PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND ASSOCIATED SETTINGS FOR SUITABLE MARGINS BETWEEN TIME-CURRENT CURVES TO ACHIEVE FULL SELECTIVE COORDINATION WHILE PROVIDING ADEQUATE PROTECTION FOR EQUIPMENT AND CONDUCTORS. b. ANALYZE ALTERNATE SCENARIOS CONSIDERING KNOWN OPERATING MODES (E.G. UTILITY AS SOURCE, GENERATOR BAS SOURCE, UTILITY/GENERATOR IN PARALLEL, BUS TIE BREAKER OPEN/CLOSE POSITIONS). a. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF IEEE 242 AND IEEE 399. 5. PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY: c. FOR EACH BUS LOCATION, CALCULATE THE MAXIMUM AVAILABLE THREE-PHASE BOLTED SYMMETRICAL AND ASYMMETRICAL FAULT CURRENTS. FOR GROUNDED SYSTEMS, ALSO CALCULATE THE MAXIMUM AVAILABLE LINE-TO-GROUND BOLTED FAULT CURRENTS. iii. KNOWN OPERATING MODES (E.G. UTILITY AS SOURCE). ii. MAXIMUM MOTOR CONTRIBUTION. i. MAXIMUM UTILITY FAULT CURRENTS. b. FOR PURPOSES OF DETERMINING EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATINGS, CONSIDER CONDITIONS THAT MAY RESULT IN MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: a. COMPLY WITH IEEE 551 AND APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF IEEE 141, IEEE 242, AND IEEE 399. 4. SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDY: vi. CONDUCTORS: INCLUDE FEEDER SIZE, MATERIAL (E.G. COPPER, ALUMINUM), INSULATION TYPE, VOLTAGE RATING, NUMBER PER PHASE, RACEWAY TYPE, AND ACTUAL LENGTH. v. PROTECTIVE RELAYS: INCLUDE MANUFACTURER/MODEL, TYPE, SETTINGS, CURRENT/POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER RATIO, AND ASSOCIATED PROTECTIVE DEVICE. b. FUSES: INCLUDE MANUFACTURER/MODEL, TYPE/CLASS (E.G. CLASS J), SIZE/RATING, AND SPEED (E.G. TIME DELAY, FAST ACTING). a. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: INCLUDE MANUFACTURER/MODEL, TYPE (E.G. THERMAL MAGNETIC, ELECTRONIC TRIP), FRAME SIZE, TRIP RATING, VOLTAGE RATING, INTERRUPTING RATING, AVAILABLE FIELD-ADJUSTABLE TRIP RESPONSE SETTINGS, AND FEATURES (E.G. ZONE SELECTIVE INTERLOCKING). iv. PROTECTIVE DEVICES: iii. TRANSFORMERS: INCLUDE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY VOLTAGE RATINGS, KVA RATING, WINDING CONFIGURATION, PERCENT IMPEDANCE, AND X/R RATIO. ii. MOTORS: INCLUDE MANUFACTURER/MODEL, TYPE (E.G. INDUCTION, SYNCHRONOUS), HORSEPOWER RATING, VOLTAGE RATING, FULL LOAD AMPS, AND LOCKED ROTOR CURRENT OR NEMA MG 1 CODE LETTER DESIGNATION. b.UTILITY COMPANY: CITY OF FORT COLLINS LIGHT & POWER UTILITY a. OBTAIN UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION FROM UTILITY COMPANY. i. UTILITY SOURCE DATA: INCLUDE PRIMARY VOLTAGE, MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM THREE-PHASE AND LINE-TO-GROUND FAULT CURRENTS, IMPEDANCE, X/R RATIO, AND PRIMARY PROTECTIVE DEVICE INFORMATION. a. COMPILE INFORMATION ON PROJECT-SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS OF ACTUAL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT, PROTECTIVE DEVICES, FEEDERS, ETC. AS NECESSARY TO DEVELOP SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM OF ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND ASSOCIATED INPUT DATA FOR USE IN SYSTEM MODELING. 3. DATA COLLECTION: b. PERFORM STUDIES UTILIZING COMPUTER SOFTWARE COMPLYING WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS; MANUAL CALCULATIONS ARE NOT PERMITTED. a. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70. 2. GENERAL STUDY REQUIREMENTS: i. KNOWN OPERATING MODES: UTILITY AS SOURCE. c. INCLUDE IN ANALYSIS ALTERNATE SOURCES AND OPERATING MODES TO DETERMINE WORST CASE CONDITIONS. b. EXCEPT WHERE STUDY DESCRIPTIONS BELOW INDICATE EXCLUSIONS, ANALYZE SYSTEM AT EACH BUS FROM PRIMARY PROTECTIVE DEVICES OF UTILITY SOURCE DOWN TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT INVOLVED, INCLUDING PARTS OF SYSTEM AFFECTING CALCULATIONS BEING PERFORMED (E.G. FAULT CURRENT CONTRIBUTION FROM MOTORS). a. PERFORM ANALYSIS OF NEW ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 1. SCOPE OF STUDIES: D. POWER SYSTEM STUDIES b. INCLUDE COMPUTER SOFTWARE FILES USED TO PREPARE STUDIES WITH FILE NAME(S) CROSS-REFERENCED TO SPECIFIC PIECES OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. a. INCLUDE HARD COPIES WITH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SUBMITTALS. 9. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: REVISE STUDIES AS REQUIRED TO REFLECT AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. 8. CERTIFICATION THAT FIELD ADJUSTABLE PROTECTIVE DEVICES HAVE BEEN SET IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF STUDIES. 7. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL REPORTS. 6. SITE-SPECIFIC ARC FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABELS. 5. ARC FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABEL SAMPLES: ONE OF EACH TYPE AND LEGEND SPECIFIED. ii. AS SUBMITTED WILL INVOLVE A CHANGE TO THE CONTRACT SUM. i. CAN BE MADE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. c. IDENTIFY MODIFICATIONS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STUDIES THAT: b. ALL SHORT CIRCUIT RATINGS SHALL BE FULLY RATED, SERIES RATING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. a. INCLUDE CHARACTERISTIC TIME-CURRENT TRIP CURVES FOR PROTECTIVE DEVICES. 4. PRODUCT DATA: IN ADDITION TO SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS, INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CATALOG PAGES AND DATA SHEETS FOR EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES INDICATING INFORMATION RELEVANT TO STUDIES. 3. STUDY REPORTS, STAMPED OR SEALED AND SIGNED BY STUDY PREPARER. 2. FIELD TESTING AGENCY'S QUALIFICATIONS. 1. STUDY PREPARER'S QUALIFICATIONS. C. SUBMITTALS c. VERIFY NAMING CONVENTION FOR EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION PRIOR TO CREATION OF FINAL DRAWINGS, REPORTS, AND ARC FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABELS (WHERE APPLICABLE). b. DO NOT ORDER EQUIPMENT UNTIL MATCHING STUDY REPORTS AND PRODUCT SUBMITTALS HAVE BOTH BEEN EVALUATED BY ARCHITECT. a. SUBMIT STUDY REPORTS PRIOR TO OR CONCURRENT WITH PRODUCT SUBMITTALS. 3. SEQUENCING: 2. PRE-STUDY MEETING: CONDUCT MEETING WITH OWNER TO DISCUSS SYSTEM OPERATING MODES AND CONDITIONS TO BE CONSIDERED IN STUDIES. b. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS WITH OR DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. OBTAIN DIRECTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. a. COORDINATE THE WORK TO PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED PROTECTIVE DEVICES COMPLYING WITH CRITERIA FOR SELECTION AND ADJUSTMENT, AS DETERMINED BY STUDIES TO BE PERFORMED. 1. COORDINATION: B. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS a. INCLUDES ARC FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABELS. 3. ARC FLASH AND SHOCK RISK ASSESSMENT. 2. PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY. 1. SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDY. A. SECTION INCLUDES POWER SYSTEM STUDIES iii. SKM SYSTEMS ANALYSIS, INC: WWW.SKM.COM. ii. POWER ANALYTICS CORPORATION: WWW.POWERANALYTICS.COM. i. EASYPOWER LLC: WWW.EASYPOWER.COM. a. ACCEPTABLE SOFTWARE PRODUCTS: 3. COMPUTER SOFTWARE FOR STUDY PREPARATION: USE THE LATEST EDITION OF COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE SOFTWARE UTILIZING SPECIFIED METHODOLOGIES. a. FIELD SUPERVISOR: CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL TESTING TECHNICIAN; NETA ETT LEVEL III. 2. FIELD TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: INDEPENDENT TESTING ORGANIZATION SPECIALIZING IN TESTING, ANALYSIS, AND MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE; NETA ACCREDITED COMPANY. b. STUDY PREPARER MAY BE EMPLOYED BY FIELD TESTING AGENCY. a. STUDY PREPARER MAY BE EMPLOYED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. 1. STUDY PREPARER QUALIFICATIONS: PROFESSIONAL ELECTRICAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROJECT IS LOCATED AND WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE IN THE PREPARATION OF STUDIES OF SIMILAR TYPE AND COMPLEXITY USING SPECIFIED COMPUTER SOFTWARE. E. QUALITY ASSURANCE iv. INCLUDE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR REDUCING THE INCIDENT ENERGY AT LOCATIONS WHERE THE CALCULATED MAXIMUM INCIDENT ENERGY EXCEEDS 8 CALORIES PER SQ CM. iii. IDENTIFY LOCATIONS WHERE THE CALCULATED MAXIMUM INCIDENT ENERGY EXCEEDS 40 CALORIES PER SQ CM. ii. FOR PURPOSES OF PRODUCING ARC FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABELS, SUMMARIZE THE MAXIMUM INCIDENT ENERGY AND ASSOCIATED DATA REFLECTING THE WORST CASE CONDITION OF ALL SCENARIOS AT EACH BUS LOCATION. f. ARC GAP DISTANCE. e. CLEARING TIME. d. ARCING FAULT CURRENT. c. BOLTED FAULT CURRENT. b. CALCULATED ARC FLASH BOUNDARY. a. CALCULATED INCIDENT ENERGY AND ASSOCIATED WORKING DISTANCE. i. FOR EACH SCENARIO, IDENTIFY AT EACH BUS LOCATION: d. ARC FLASH AND SHOCK RISK ASSESSMENT: iv. IDENTIFY CASES WHERE EITHER FULL SELECTIVE COORDINATION OR ADEQUATE PROTECTION IS NOT ACHIEVED, ALONG WITH RECOMMENDATIONS. d. PROTECTIVE RELAYS: INCLUDE CURRENT/POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER RATIOS, TAP, TIME DIAL, AND INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP. c. INCLUDE FUSE RATINGS. b. INCLUDE GROUND FAULT PICKUP AND DELAY. a. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: INCLUDE LONG TIME PICKUP AND DELAY, SHORT TIME PICKUP AND DELAY, AND INSTANTANEOUS PICKUP. iii. FOR EACH PROTECTIVE DEVICE, IDENTIFY FIXED AND ADJUSTABLE CHARACTERISTICS WITH AVAILABLE RANGES AND RECOMMENDED SETTINGS. e. MOTORS: FULL LOAD CURRENT, STARTING CURVES, AND DAMAGE CURVES. d. TRANSFORMERS: INRUSH POINTS AND DAMAGE CURVES. c. CONDUCTORS: DAMAGE CURVES. b. PROTECTIVE DEVICES: TIME-CURRENT CURVES WITH APPLICABLE TOLERANCE BANDS FOR EACH PROTECTIVE DEVICE IN SERIES BACK TO THE SOURCE, PLOTTED UP TO THE MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT THE ASSOCIATED BUS. a. PARTIAL SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM IDENTIFYING THE PORTION OF THE SYSTEM ILLUSTRATED. ii. FOR EACH GRAPH INCLUDE (WHERE APPLICABLE): i. FOR EACH SCENARIO, INCLUDE TIME-CURRENT COORDINATION CURVES PLOTTED ON LOG-LOG SCALE GRAPHS. c. PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY: ii. IDENTIFY LOCATIONS WHERE THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT EXCEEDS THE EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING, ALONG WITH RECOMMENDATIONS. c. ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATINGS. b. FAULT POINT X/R RATIO. a. CALCULATED MAXIMUM AVAILABLE SYMMETRICAL AND ASYMMETRICAL FAULT CURRENTS (BOTH THREE-PHASE AND LINE-TO-GROUND WHERE APPLICABLE). i. FOR EACH SCENARIO, IDENTIFY AT EACH BUS LOCATION: b. SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDY: vi. INCLUDE CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. v. INCLUDE SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM AND ASSOCIATED INPUT DATA USED FOR STUDIES; IDENTIFY BUSES ON SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM AS REFERENCED IN REPORTS, AND INDICATE BUS VOLTAGE. iv. IDENTIFY BASE USED FOR PER UNIT VALUES. iii. IDENTIFY SCOPE OF STUDIES, ASSUMPTIONS MADE, IMPLICATIONS OF POSSIBLE ALTERNATE SCENARIOS, AND ANY EXCLUSIONS FROM STUDIES. ii. IDENTIFY STUDY METHODOLOGY AND SOFTWARE PRODUCT(S) USED. i. IDENTIFY DATE OF STUDY AND STUDY PREPARER. a. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: 7. STUDY REPORTS: iii. KNOWN OPERATING MODES (E.G. UTILITY AS SOURCE, GENERATOR AS SOURCE, UTILITY/GENERATOR IN PARALLEL, BUS TIE BREAKER OPEN/CLOSE POSITIONS). ii. MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM MOTOR CONTRIBUTION. i. MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM UTILITY FAULT CURRENTS. d. ANALYZE ALTERNATE SCENARIOS CONSIDERING CONDITIONS THAT MAY RESULT IN MAXIMUM INCIDENT ENERGY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: c. FOR EQUIPMENT WITH MAIN DEVICES MOUNTED IN SEPARATE COMPARTMENTALIZED SECTIONS, PERFORM CALCULATIONS ON BOTH THE LINE AND LOAD SIDE OF THE MAIN DEVICE. iii. FOR SINGLE-PHASE SYSTEMS, STUDY PREPARER TO PERFORM CALCULATIONS ASSUMING THREE-PHASE SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH IEEE 1584, YIELDING CONSERVATIVE RESULTS. ii. WHERE REASONABLE, STUDY PREPARER MAY ASSUME A MAXIMUM CLEARING TIME OF TWO SECONDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH IEEE 1584, PROVIDED THAT THE CONDITIONS ARE SUCH THAT A WORKER'S EGRESS FROM AN ARC FLASH EVENT WOULD NOT BE INHIBITED. i. TO CLARIFY IEEE 1584 STATEMENT THAT "EQUIPMENT BELOW 240 V NEED NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS IT INVOLVES AT LEAST ONE 125 KVA OR LARGER LOW-IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER IN ITS IMMEDIATE POWER SUPPLY" FOR PURPOSES OF STUDIES, STUDY PREPARER MAY USE NFPA 70E PPE CATEGORY METHOD FOR EQUIPMENT RATED LESS THAN 240 V FED BY TRANSFORMERS LESS THAN 125 KVA. b. PERFORM INCIDENT ENERGY AND ARC FLASH BOUNDARY CALCULATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH IEEE 1584 (AS REFERENCED IN NFPA 70E ANNEX D), WHERE APPLICABLE. a. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70E. 6. ARC FLASH AND SHOCK RISK ASSESSMENT: 2. INSTALL ARC FLASH WARNING LABELS AS REQUIRED ON ALL EQUIPMENT. h. DATE CALCULATIONS WERE PERFORMED. g. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION. f. RESTRICTED APPROACH BOUNDARY. e. LIMITED APPROACH BOUNDARY. d. NOMINAL SYSTEM VOLTAGE. c. SITE-SPECIFIC PPE (PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT) REQUIREMENTS. b. AVAILABLE INCIDENT ENERGY AND CORRESPONDING WORKING DISTANCE. a. ARC FLASH BOUNDARY. iv. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: iii. INCLUDE THE TEXT "ARC FLASH AND SHOCK HAZARD; APPROPRIATE PPE REQUIRED" OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. ii. INCLUDE RED HEADER THAT READS "DANGER" WHERE CALCULATED INCIDENT ENERGY IS 40 CALORIES PER SQUARE CM OR GREATER. i. INCLUDE ORANGE HEADER THAT READS "WARNING" WHERE CALCULATED INCIDENT ENERGY IS LESS THAN 40 CALORIES PER SQUARE CM. c. LEGEND: PROVIDE CUSTOM LEGEND IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70E BASED ON EQUIPMENT-SPECIFIC DATA AS DETERMINED BY ARC FLASH AND SHOCK RISK ASSESSMENT. b. MINIMUM SIZE: 4 BY 6 INCHES (100 BY 150 MM). a. MATERIALS: COMPLY WITH SECTION 26 0553. 1. PROVIDE WARNING LABELS COMPLYING WITH ANSI Z535.4 TO IDENTIFY ARC FLASH HAZARDS FOR EACH WORK LOCATION ANALYZED BY THE ARC FLASH AND SHOCK RISK ASSESSMENT. F. ARC FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABELS E. PROVIDE "BLACK-OUT" TEST OF EMERGENCY LUMINAIRES UPON PROJECT COMPLETION IN THE PRESENCE OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. D. CORRECT WIRING DEFICIENCIES AND REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS. REPAIR OR REPLACE EXCESSIVELY NOISY BALLASTS AS DETERMINED BY ARCHITECT. C. TEST SELF-POWERED EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS, AND REMOTE EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY UNITS TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION UPON LOSS OF NORMAL POWER SUPPLY. B. OPERATE EACH LUMINAIRE AFTER INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. A. INSPECT EACH PRODUCT FOR DAMAGE AND DEFECTS. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL E. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE COMPLETE AND ACCURATE RECORDS OF ALL TESTS. TEST RESULTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE UPON REQUEST. D. THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN GROUND AND ABSOLUTE EARTH SHALL BE LESS THAN TEN (10) OHMS. MEASUREMENT SHALL BE FALL OF POTENTIAL TEST METHOD BEFORE CONNECTION OF GROUNDING CONDUCTORS TO MAIN DISCONNECTS. ADDITIONAL GROUND RODS SHALL BE DRIVEN AS NEEDED TO ACHIEVE READING. C. MOTORS SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR DAMAGE, MOISTURE, ALIGNMENT, LUBRICATION, OIL LEAKS, AND PHASE IDENTIFICATION. MOTORS SHALL BE GIVEN OPERATING LOAD TESTS AND THE INDIVIDUAL PHASE CURRENT READINGS SHALL BE RECORDED. MOTORS SHALL BE RUN LONG ENOUGH TO PROVE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE. B. 600 VOLT CABLE SHALL BE TESTED FOR PROPER PHASING AND CONTINUITY. CABLE SHALL BE GIVEN A MEGGER TEST USING A 1000 VOLT MOTOR DRIVEN MEGGER. MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE MEGGER READINGS SHALL BE 50 MEGAOHMS. A. PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL TEST OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION BEFORE ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER. TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED IN PRESENCE OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. TESTING DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 4 : 5 8 A M E0.5 SPECIFICATIONS RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET LADDER CABLE TRAYS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Ladder cable trays. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 270536 "Cable Trays for Communications Systems" for cable trays and accessories serving communications systems. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. 1.Include data indicating dimensions and finishes for each type of cable tray indicated. B.Shop Drawings: For each type of cable tray. 1.Show fabrication and installation details of cable trays, including plans, elevations, and sections of components and attachments to other construction elements. Designate components and accessories, including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice-plate connectors, expansion-joint assemblies, straight lengths, and fittings. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and sections, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1.Include scaled cable tray layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural, electrical, and mechanical elements. 2.Vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions. 3.Clearances for access above and to side of cable trays. 4.Vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or below bottom of ceiling structure. B.Seismic Qualification Certificates: For cable trays, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1.Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2.Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3.Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. C.Field quality-control reports. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer to design cable tray supports and seismic bracing. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CABLE TRAYS A.Cable Trays and Accessories: Identified as defined in NFPA 70 and marked for intended location, application, and grounding. 1.Source Limitations: Obtain cable trays and components from single manufacturer. If using multiple types, sizes, or ratings of cable trays on a project, consider adding a table to Drawings. B.Sizes and Configurations: See the Cable Tray Schedule on Drawings for specific requirements for types, materials, sizes, and configurations. C.Structural Performance: See articles on individual cable tray types for specific values for the following parameters: 1.Uniform Load Distribution: Capable of supporting a uniformly distributed load on the indicated support span when supported as a simple span and tested according to NEMA VE 1. 2.Concentrated Load: A load applied at midpoint of span and centerline of tray. 3.Load and Safety Factors: Applicable to both side rails and rung capacities. 2.3 LADDER CABLE TRAYS A.Basis of Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product from one of the following: 1.Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 2.Chalfant Manufacturing Company. 3.Cooper B-Line, Inc. 4.Mono-Systems, Inc. 5.MP Husky. 6.Niedax-Kleinhuis USA, Inc. B.Description: 1.Configuration: Two I-beam side rails with transverse rungs welded to side rails. 2.Rung Spacing:9 inches (225 mm) 3.Radius-Fitting Rung Spacing: 9 inches (225 mm) at center of tray's width. 4.Minimum Cable-Bearing Surface for Rungs: 7/8-inch (22-mm) width with radius edges. 5.No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of side rails. 6.Structural Performance of Each Rung: Capable of supporting a maximum cable load, with a safety factor of 1.5, plus a 200-lb (90-kg) concentrated load, when tested according to NEMA VE 1. 7.Minimum Usable Load Depth: 3 inches (75 mm). 8.Straight Section Lengths: 12 feet (3.6 m)except where shorter lengths are required to facilitate tray assembly. 9.Width: 6 inches (150 mm), 12 inches (300 mm), 18 inches (450 mm), 24 inches (600 mm), 30 inches (750 mm), 36 inches (900 mm)as indicated on Drawings. 10.Fitting Minimum Radius: 12 inches (300 mm). 11.Class Designation: Comply with NEMA VE 1, Class 12C. 12.Splicing Assemblies: Bolted type using serrated flange locknuts. 13.Hardware and Fasteners: ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594 stainless steel, Type 316 ; Steel, zinc plated according to ASTM B 633. 14.Splice Plate Capacity: Splices located within support span shall not diminish rated loading capacity of cable tray. 2.4 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A.Aluminum: 1.Materials: Alloy 6063-T6 according to ANSI H35.1/H 35.1M for extruded components. 2.Hardware: Chromium-zinc-plated steel, ASTM F 1136 ; Stainless steel, Type 316, ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594. 3.Hardware for Aluminum Cable Tray Used Outdoors: Stainless steel, Type 316, ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594. 2.5 CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES A.Fittings: Tees, crosses, risers, elbows, and other fittings as indicated, of same materials and finishes as cable tray. B.Barrier Strips: Same materials and finishes as for cable tray. C.Cable tray supports and connectors, including bonding jumpers, as recommended by cable tray manufacturer. 2.6 WARNING SIGNS A.Lettering: 1-1/2-inch-(40-mm-)high, black letters on yellow background with legend "Warning! Not To Be Used as Walkway, Ladder, or Support for Ladders or Personnel." B.Comply with requirements for fasteners in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing: Test and inspect cable trays according to NEMA VE 1. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION A.Install cable trays according to NEMA VE 2. B.Install cable trays as a complete system, including fasteners, hold-down clips, support systems, barrier strips, adjustable horizontal and vertical splice plates, elbows, reducers, tees, crosses, cable dropouts, adapters, covers, and bonding. C.Install cable trays so that the tray is accessible for cable installation and all splices are accessible for inspection and adjustment. D.Remove burrs and sharp edges from cable trays. E.Join aluminum cable tray with splice plates; use four square-neck carriage bolts and locknuts. F.Fasten cable tray supports to building structure. G.Place supports so that spans do not exceed maximum spans on schedules and provide clearances shown on Drawings. Install intermediate supports when cable weight exceeds the load-carrying capacity of the tray rungs. H.Construct supports from channel members, threaded rods, and other appurtenances furnished by cable tray manufacturer. Arrange supports in trapeze or wall-bracket form as required by application. I.Support bus assembly to prevent twisting from eccentric loading. J.Locate and install supports according to NEMA VE 2. Do not install more than one cable tray splice between supports. K.Make connections to equipment with flanged fittings fastened to cable trays and to equipment. Support cable trays independent of fittings. Do not carry weight of cable trays on equipment enclosure. L.Install expansion connectors where cable trays cross building expansion joints and in cable tray runs that exceed dimensions recommended in NEMA VE 2. Space connectors and set gaps according to applicable standard. M.Make changes in direction and elevation using manufacturer's recommended fittings. N.Make cable tray connections using manufacturer's recommended fittings. O.Install cable trays with enough workspace to permit access for installing cables. P.Install barriers to separate cables of different systems, such as power, communications, and data processing; or of different insulation levels, such as 600, 5000, and 15 000 V. Q.Install permanent covers, if used, after installing cable. Install cover clamps according to NEMA VE 2. R.Clamp covers on cable trays installed outdoors with heavy-duty clamps. S.Install warning signs in visible locations on or near cable trays after cable tray installation. 3.2 CABLE TRAY GROUNDING A.Ground cable trays according to NFPA 70 unless additional grounding is specified. Comply with requirements in NEC for "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B.Cable trays with electrical power conductors shall be bonded together with splice plates listed for grounding purposes or with listed bonding jumpers. C.Cable trays with single-conductor power conductors shall be bonded together with a grounding conductor run in the tray along with the power conductors and bonded to the tray at 72-inch (1800-mm) intervals. The grounding conductor shall be sized according to NFPA 70, Article 250.122, "Size of Equipment Grounding Conductors," and Article 392, "Cable Trays." D.When using epoxy-or powder-coat painted cable trays as a grounding conductor, completely remove coating at all splice contact points or ground connector attachment. After completing splice-to-grounding-bolt attachment, repair the coated surfaces with coating materials recommended by cable tray manufacturer. E.Bond cable trays to power source for cables contained within with bonding conductors sized according to NFPA 70, Article 250.122, "Size of Equipment Grounding Conductors." 3.3 CABLE INSTALLATION A.Install cables only when each cable tray run has been completed and inspected. B.Fasten cables on horizontal runs with cable clamps or cable ties according to NEMA VE 2. Tighten clamps only enough to secure the cable, without indenting the cable jacket. Install cable ties with a tool that includes an automatic pressure- limiting device. C.Fasten cables on vertical runs to cable trays every 18 inches (450 mm). D.Fasten and support cables that pass from one cable tray to another or drop from cable trays to equipment enclosures. Fasten cables to the cable tray at the point of exit and support cables independent of the enclosure. The cable length between cable trays or between cable tray and enclosure shall be no more than 72 inches (1800 mm). E.Tie MI cables down every 36 inches (900 mm) where required to provide a 2-hour fire rating and every 72 inches (1800 mm) elsewhere. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A.Remove paint from all connection points before making connections. Repair paint after the connections are completed. B.Connect raceways to cable trays according to requirements in NEMA VE 2. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform the following tests and inspections: 1.After installing cable trays and after electrical circuitry has been energized, survey for compliance with requirements. 2.Visually inspect cable insulation for damage. Correct sharp corners, protuberances in cable trays, vibrations, and thermal expansion and contraction conditions, which may cause or have caused damage. 3.Verify that the number, size, and voltage of cables in cable trays do not exceed that permitted by NFPA 70. Verify that communications or data-processing circuits are separated from power circuits by barriers or are installed in separate cable trays. 4.Verify that there are no intruding items such as pipes, hangers, or other equipment in the cable tray. 5.Remove dust deposits, industrial process materials, trash of any description, and any blockage of tray ventilation. 6.Visually inspect each cable tray joint and each ground connection for mechanical continuity. Check bolted connections between sections for corrosion. Clean and retorque in suspect areas. 7.Check for improperly sized or installed bonding jumpers. 8.Check for missing, incorrect, or damaged bolts, bolt heads, or nuts. When found, replace with specified hardware. 9.Perform visual and mechanical checks for adequacy of cable tray grounding; verify that all takeoff raceways are bonded to cable trays. Test entire cable tray system for continuity. Maximum allowable resistance is 1 ohm. B.Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 PROTECTION A.Protect installed cable trays and cables. 1.Install temporary protection for cables in open trays to safeguard exposed cables against falling objects or debris during construction. Temporary protection for cables and cable tray can be constructed of wood or metal materials and shall remain in place until the risk of damage is over. 2.Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by cable tray manufacturer. 3.Repair damage to paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by cable tray manufacturer. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 4 : 5 9 A M E0.6 SPECIFICATIONS RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET WIRE-BASKET CABLE TRAYS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Wire-basket cable trays. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of cable tray. 1.Include data indicating dimensions and finishes for each type of cable tray indicated. B.Shop Drawings: For each type of cable tray. 1.Show fabrication and installation details of cable trays, including plans, elevations, and sections of components and attachments to other construction elements. Designate components and accessories, including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice-plate connectors, expansion-joint assemblies, straight lengths, and fittings. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and sections, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1.Include scaled cable tray layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural, electrical, and mechanical elements. 2.Vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions. 3.Clearances for access above and to side of cable trays. 4.Vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or below bottom of ceiling structure. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CABLE TRAYS A.Cable Trays and Accessories: Identified as defined in NFPA 70 and marked for intended location, application, and grounding. 1.Source Limitations: Obtain cable trays and components from single manufacturer. B.Sizes and Configurations: See the notes on Drawings for specific requirements for types, materials, sizes, and configurations. C.Structural Performance: See articles for individual cable tray types for specific values for the following parameters: 1.Uniform Load Distribution: Capable of supporting a uniformly distributed load on the indicated support span when supported as a simple span and tested according to NEMA VE 1. 2.Concentrated Load: A load applied at midpoint of span and centerline of tray. 3.Load and Safety Factors: Applicable to both side rails and rung capacities. 2.2 WIRE-BASKET CABLE TRAYS A.Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1.Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 2.Cablofil/Legrande. 3.Chalfant Manufacturing Company. 4.Cooper B-Line, Inc. 5.Enduro Systems, Inc. 6.Mono-Systems, Inc. 7.MP Husky. 8.Niedax-Kleinhuis USA, Inc. 9.Snaketray. 10.Wiremaid Products Division; Vutec Corporation. B.Description: 1.Configuration: Wires are formed into a standard 2-by-4-inch wire mesh pattern with intersecting wires welded together. Mesh sections must have at least one bottom longitudinal wire along entire length of section. 2.Materials: High-strength-steel longitudinal wires with no bends. 3.Safety Provisions: Wire ends along wire-basket sides (flanges) rounded during manufacturing to maintain integrity of cables and installer safety. 4.Sizes: a.Straight sections shall be furnished in standard 118-inch lengths. b.Wire-Basket Depth: 6-inch usable loading depth by 8 inches wide. 5.Connector Assemblies: Bolt welded to plate shaped to fit around adjoining tray wires and mating plate. Mechanically joins adjacent tray wires to splice sections together or to create horizontal fittings. 6.Connector Assembly Capacity: Splices located within support span shall not diminish rated loading capacity of cable tray. 7.Hardware and Fasteners: Steel, zinc plated according to ASTM B 633. 2.3 CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES A.Fittings: Tees, crosses, risers, elbows, and other fittings as indicated, of same materials and finishes as cable tray. B.Barrier Strips: Same materials and finishes as for cable tray. C.Cable tray supports and connectors, including bonding jumpers, as recommended by cable tray manufacturer. 2.4 WARNING SIGNS A.Lettering: 1-1/2-inch-high, black letters on yellow background with legend "Warning! Not To Be Used as Walkway, Ladder, or Support for Ladders or Personnel." B.Comply with requirements for fasteners in Section 26 0553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing: Test and inspect cable trays according to NEMA FG 1.tx PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION A.Install cable trays according to NEMA FG 1. B.Install cable trays as a complete system, including fasteners, hold-down clips, support systems, barrier strips, adjustable horizontal and vertical splice plates, elbows, reducers, tees, crosses, cable dropouts, adapters, covers, and bonding. C.Install cable trays so that the tray is accessible for cable installation and all splices are accessible for inspection and adjustment. D.Remove burrs and sharp edges from cable trays. E.Join aluminum cable tray with splice plates; use four square neck-carriage bolts and locknuts. F.Fasten cable tray supports to building structure. G.Design fasteners and supports to carry cable tray, the cables, and a concentrated load of 200 lb. H.Place supports so that spans do not exceed maximum spans listed by manufacturer and provide clearances as required. Install intermediate supports when cable weight exceeds the load-carrying capacity of the tray rungs. I.Construct supports from channel members, threaded rods, and other appurtenances furnished by cable tray manufacturer. Arrange supports in trapeze or wall-bracket form as required by application. J.Support bus assembly to prevent twisting from eccentric loading. K.Install center-hung supports for single-rail trays designed for 60 versus 40 percent eccentric loading condition, with a safety factor of 3. L.Locate and install supports according to NEMA FG 1. Do not install more than one cable tray splice between supports. M.Support wire-basket cable trays with trapeze hangers or wall brackets. N.Make connections to equipment with flanged fittings fastened to cable trays and to equipment. Support cable trays independent of fittings. Do not carry weight of cable trays on equipment enclosure. O.Install expansion connectors where cable trays cross building expansion joints and in cable tray runs that exceed dimensions recommended in NEMA FG 1. Space connectors and set gaps according to applicable standard. P.Make changes in direction and elevation using manufacturer's recommended fittings. Q.Make cable tray connections using manufacturer's recommended fittings. R.Seal penetrations through fire and smoke barriers. Comply with requirements in Section 07 8413 "Penetration Firestopping." S.Install capped metal sleeves for future cables through firestop-sealed cable tray penetrations of fire and smoke barriers. T.Install cable trays with enough workspace to permit access for installing cables. U.Install barriers to separate cables of different systems, such as power, communications, and data processing; or of different insulation levels, such as 600, 5000, and 15 000 V. V.Install permanent covers, if used, after installing cable. Install cover clamps according to NEMA VE 2. W.Clamp covers on cable trays installed outdoors with heavy-duty clamps. X.Install warning signs in visible locations on or near cable trays after cable tray installation. 3.2 CABLE TRAY GROUNDING A.Ground cable trays according to NFPA 70 unless additional grounding is specified. Comply with requirements in NEC for "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B.Cable trays with communications cable shall be bonded together with splice plates listed for grounding purposes or with listed bonding jumpers. C.Cable trays with control conductors shall be bonded together with splice plates listed for grounding purposes or with listed bonding jumpers. D.When using epoxy-or powder-coat painted cable trays as a grounding conductor, completely remove coating at all splice contact points or ground connector attachment. After completing splice-to-grounding bolt attachment, repair the coated surfaces with coating materials recommended by cable tray manufacturer. E.Bond cable trays to power source for cables contained within with bonding conductors sized according to NFPA 70, Article 250.122, and “Size of Equipment Grounding Conductors." 3.3 CABLE INSTALLATION A.Install cables only when each cable tray run has been completed and inspected. B.Fasten cables on horizontal runs with cable clamps or cable ties according to NEMA VE 2. Tighten clamps only enough to secure the cable, without indenting the cable jacket. Install cable ties with a tool that includes an automatic pressure-limiting device. C.Fasten cables on vertical runs to cable trays every 18 inches. D.Fasten and support cables that pass from one cable tray to another or drop from cable trays to equipment enclosures. Fasten cables to the cable tray at the point of exit and support cables independent of the enclosure. The cable length between cable trays or between cable tray and enclosure shall be no more than 72 inches. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A.Remove paint from all connection points before making connections. Repair paint after the connections are completed. B.Connect pathways to cable trays according to requirements in NEMA VE 2 and NEMA FG 1. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1.After installing cable trays and after electrical circuitry has been energized, survey for compliance with requirements. 2.Visually inspect cable insulation for damage. Correct sharp corners, protuberances in cable trays, vibrations, and thermal expansion and contraction conditions, which may cause or have caused damage. 3.Verify that the number, size, and voltage of cables in cable trays do not exceed that permitted by NFPA 70. Verify that communications or data-processing circuits are separated from power circuits by barriers or are installed in separate cable trays. 4.Verify that there are no intruding items such as pipes, hangers, or other equipment in the cable tray. 5.Remove dust deposits, industrial process materials, trash of any description, and any blockage of tray ventilation. 6.Visually inspect each cable tray joint and each ground connection for mechanical continuity. Check bolted connections between sections for corrosion. Clean and retorque in suspect areas. 7.Check for improperly sized or installed bonding jumpers. 8.Check for missing, incorrect, or damaged bolts, bolt heads, or nuts. When found, replace with specified hardware. 9.Perform visual and mechanical checks for adequacy of cable tray grounding; verify that all takeoff raceways are bonded to cable trays. Test entire cable tray system for continuity. Maximum allowable resistance is 1 ohm. B.Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 PROTECTION A.Protect installed cable trays and cables. 1.Install temporary protection for cables in open trays to safeguard exposed cables against falling objects or debris during construction. Temporary protection for cables and cable tray can be constructed of wood or metal materials and shall remain in place until the risk of damage is over. 2.Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by cable tray manufacturer. 3.Repair damage to paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by cable tray manufacturer. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 T TM FF BB B B B J J J J J J J J J J J J CHARGER 1C CHARGER 1B CHARGER 1A CHARGER 2ACHARGER 2BCHARGER 2C CHARGER 3C CHARGER 3B CHARGER 3A CHARGER 4A CHARGER 4BCHARGER 4C CHARGER 5C CHARGER 5B CHARGER 5A CHARGER 6A CHARGER 6BCHARGER 6C CHARGER 8B CHARGER 7A CHARGER 7BCHARGER 9ACHARGER 9B CHARGER 8A PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 CMDC-1 T-CA CA 1PC6PC7PC8PC9PC10CT SERVICE TRANSFORMER MAIN DISCONNECT 1 MAIN DISCONNECT 2 CMDC-2 OPTICAL EPO EPO EPOEPO EPO (typ.) (TYP)1 5 5 5 5 5 2 3 4 6 66 3 E6.1 _____ 6 6 6 6 7 CA-2 WP CMDC-2-1 SPD CMDC-1-1 SPD CHARGER 10ACHARGER 10B 1 E6.1 _____ A-5A-4A-3A-2A-1 A-A A-B A-C A-D A-E 12"x4" 12"x4" 24 " x 4 " 12"x4" 12"x4" 12"x4"12"x4" 12"x4" 24 " x 4 " 18 " x 4 " 12 " x 4 " 12"x4" 12"x4" 6"x4"6"x4" 6"x4" 6"x4" 3D 4 E6.1 8 6 6 9 9 9 9 BID PHASE 4,5,6 PHASE 7,8,9,10 BID PHASE 4,5,6 PHASE 7,8 PHASE 9 PHASE 10 BID PHASE 4,5,6 PHASE 7,8 PHASE 10 PHASE 9 www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 5 : 0 0 A M E2.1 FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET 0 4 8 16 NORTH PLAN B. MAINTAIN 14 FEET OF CLEARANCE FROM THE FLOOR. NOTIFY OWNER AND ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CABLE TRAY GROUNDING AND BONDING. GENERAL NOTES SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN #KEYNOTES 1 CAN/ETHERNET COMMUNICATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BETWEEN POWER CABINET AND DEPOT CHARGE BOX. REFER TO MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. STANDARD COMMUNICATION CABLES INCLUDE ONE INTERLOCK PAIR 2#19 CABLE, ONE 1#2 PE CABLE, AND FOUR 8-GLASS FIBER CABLES. 2 SUPPORT CHARGE BOX AND CORD REEL FROM THE CEILING. COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL. 3 INSTALL LADDER TYPE CABLE TRAYS AS SHOWN. PROVIDE SUPPORT BRACKETS FOR THE GROUND CABLE. CABLE RACK SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE CEILING. 4 INSTALL SEPARATE 6"X4" WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY MOUNTED 6" BELOW LADDER TRAY TO SUPPORT INTERLOCK CABLES AND COMMUNICATION FIBER CABLES. 5 INSTALL EPO SWITCH AT EACH ENTRANCE TO DISCONNECT POWER FOR ALL EV CHARGERS. 6 FUTURE EQUIPMENT SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E4.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 7 CABLE TRAY RUNS MUST BE MINIMUM 6" BELOW CONDUIT AND OTHER OBSTACLES. LAYOUT PROVIDED AS REFERENCE FOR INSTALLATION 18" BELOW CEILING SUPPORT STRUCTURE. 8 INSTALL (7) 3/4"C PARALLEL TO LADDER TYPE CABLE TRAY TO PROVIDE 120V POWER TO DEPOT CHARGERS. 9 PENETRATIONS FROM OUTSIDE CONDUIT WILL INCLUDE SLEEVE FEED TO CABLE TRAY FROM PENETRATION. CABLE TRAY WILL BE INSTALLED AT PENETRATION THEN BROUGHT TO RUN HEIGHT. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 T TM FF BB B B B A-5A-4A-3A-2A-1 A-A A-B A-C A-D A-E CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHAGER 5B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGERS 4A,B,C CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGERS 5A,B,C CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGERS 7A,B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGERS 6A,B,C CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGERS 10A,B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 9A,B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 8A,B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 4A CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 5A CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHAGER 4B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHAGER 5C CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHAGER 4C CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGERS 10A,B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 9A,B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 8A,B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 6A CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 7A CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 7B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGERS 10A,B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 9A CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 6B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 6C CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 8B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 8A CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 9B CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 10A CABLE FEED FOR DEPOT CHARGER 10B PC10PC9PC8PC7PC6PC5PC4PC3PC2PC1CMDC-2 CMDC-1 CCS G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9 G10 G11 G12 G13 BOTTOM OF DEPOT CHARGER 1 www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 5 : 0 2 A M E2.2 FIRST FLOOR CABLE PLAN RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET 0 4 8 16 NORTH PLAN D. CABLE RUNS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. C. REFER TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM, GLAND DETAIL AND MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE POWER, COMMUNICATION, AND GROUND CABLES INFORMATION. B. 120 V AUXILIARY POWER AND ASSOCIATED GROUND CABLES WILL BE RUN IN 3/4" CONDUIT TO EACH. A. COMMUNICATIONS CABLES SHALL BE RUN IN AN INDIVIDUAL TRAY INCLUDING A BARRIER BETWEEN COPPER AND FIBER OPTIC CABLES. DC POWER CABLES WILL BE RUN IN THE SEPARATE TRAY. GENERAL NOTES # SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 FIRST FLOOR CABLE PLAN KEYNOTES 1 LAYOUT BY MANUFACTURER ABB OF ENTRY GLANDS TO CHARGER BOX, SHOWN HERE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. G13 AC OUTPUT G12 AC INPUT G11 PE - DEDICATED CHARGE BOX GROUND G10 PE - DEDICATED CHARGE BOX GROUND G10 PE - DEDICATED CHARGE BOX GROUND G10 INTERLOCK/MONITOR OUT G10 INTERLOCK/MONITOR IN G9 SPARE G9 EXT. BEACON G9 EXT. START BUTTON G9 EXT. EMO SWITCH G8 ETHERNET OUT G7 ETHERNET IN G6 FIBER OUT G5 FIBER IN G4 DC+ OUT G3 DC+ IN G2 DC- OUT G1 DC- IN CCS CHARGING CABLE NUMBER DESCRIPTION GLAND SCHEDULE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE2DEPOT CHARGER CABLE INPUT LAYOUT DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 N G STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL WATER PIPE CONCRETE ENCASED BUILDING FOOTING STEEL (2) 10' X 3/4" DIA. GROUND RODS TO UTILITY M SPD-1 60A T-CA 60A PC1 400AS 300AF PC2 400AS 300AF PC3 400AS 300AF PC4 400AS 300AF PC5 400AS 300AF CMDC-1 1200A 200 kAIC PAD-MOUNTED 750 KVA TRANSFORMER PRIMARY 277/480Y V SECONDARY SPD PANEL CA 120/208Y 100A MCB 150W POWER CABINET PC1 150W POWER CABINET PC2 150W POWER CABINET PC3 1A 1B 1C 2A 2B 2C 3A 3B 3C MAIN DISCONNECT 1 1200AS/1200AF MAIN DISCONNECT 2 1200AS/1200AF 30 KVA TRANSFORMER T-CA 277/480Y V PRIMARY 120/208Y V SECONDARY N G POWER CABINET PC4 POWER CABINET PC5 SPD-2 60A PC6 400AS 300AF PC7 400AS 300AF PC8 400AS 300AF PC9 400AS 300AF PC10 400AS 300AF CMDC-2 1200A MIN. 65 kAIC NEMA 3R SPD POWER CABINET PC6 POWER CABINET PC7 POWER CABINET PC8 6A 6B 6C 7A 7B 8A 8B POWER CABINET PC9 POWER CABINET PC10 9A 9B 10A 10B EXTERIOR INTERIOR 1 1 1 U 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 E3/0G E3/0G E4G E6G E1200A4 22 E110A4G E60A3G E300A3G E300A3G E300A3G EXST EXST EXST EXST EXST EXST EXST EXST EXST 300A3G 300A3G 300A3G 300A3G 300A3G 300A3G 300A3G 1200A4G 3 3 SEE 3 BOX CABLE RUN SEE 3 BOX CABLE RUN SEE 3 BOX CABLE RUN SEE 2 BOX CABLE RUN SEE 2 BOX CABLE RUN SEE 2 BOX CABLE RUN SEE 2 BOX CABLE RUN 4A 4B 4C 5A 5B 5C EXTERIOR INTERIOR E2500A4 E1200A4 E1200A4G E3/0G E3/0GE3/0G 60A4G EXST 4 4 (typ.) 4 (typ.) EXISTING GROUND BAR POWER CABINET PC6 6A 6B 6C 300A3G DCX DCI COMMX COMMI A EXTERIOR INTERIOR DCI COMMI B DCI COMMI C 2G 2G 2G RUN ON BRACKETS ATTACHED TO DCI CABLE TRAY FROM PANEL CA 20A2G POWER CABINET PC6 6A 6B 300A3G DCX DCI COMMX COMMI A EXTERIOR INTERIOR DCI COMMI B 2G 2G RUN ON BRACKETS ATTACHED TO DCI CABLE TRAY FROM PANEL CA 20A2G 20A2G 20A2G 20A2G www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 5 : 0 2 A M E4.1 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET SCALE: NOT TO SCALE1ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FEEDER SCHEDULE MARK CONDUIT & CONDUCTORS (SEE NOTE 1)REMARKS 2G 1#2G, 3/4"C RUN ON CABLE TRAY FOR INTERIOR 20A2G 2#12, 1#12G, 3/4"C 60A4G 4#4, 1#10G, 1-1/4"C 300A3G 3#350, 1#4G, 2-1/2"C 1200A4G 4 SETS (4#350, 1#3/0G, 3"C) COMMI A COMMUNICATIONS CABLES INTERIOR INTERLOCK 2X2#19 PE #6 8 FIBER RUN ON WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY WITH BARRIER BETWEEN COPPER AND FIBER CABLES COMMI B COMMUNICATIONS CABLES INTERIOR INTERLOCK 2X2#19 PE #6 1XCAT6 CABLE 8 FIBER RUN ON WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY WITH BARRIER BETWEEN COPPER AND FIBER CABLES COMMI C COMMUNICATIONS CABLES INTERIOR INTERLOCK 2X2#19 PE #6 1XCAT6 CABLE 8 FIBER RUN ON WIRE MESH CABLE TRAY WITH BARRIER BETWEEN COPPER AND FIBER CABLES COMMX COMMUNICATIONS CABLES EXTERIOR, 3/4"C INTERLOCK 2X2#19 PE #6 1XCAT6 CABLE 5XPE #2, 4X8 FIBER DCI 2#350 DLO ON CABLE TRAY; INTERIOR DCX 2#350, 3"C EXTERIOR 1. THIS FEEDER SCHEDULE IS BASED ON 60 DEGREE CENTIGRADE (TYPE TW) WIRE AND TERMINATIONS FOR SIZES #12 TO #1, AND 75 DEGREE CENTIGRADE (TYPE THHN/THWN) WIRE AND TERMINATIONS FOR SIZES #1/0 AND LARGER. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, CONDUIT IS SIZED BASED ON TYPE EMT CONDUIT. USE OF OTHER CONDUIT TYPES REQUIRES RESIZING OF CONDUIT. NOTES: C. THE VENDOR(S) PROVIDING THE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT WILL COORDINATE WITH THE PERSON COMPLETING THE POWER SYSTEMS STUDY SO THAT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT IS IN STRICT ADHERENCE TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE POWER SYSTEMS STUDY. B. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT IS DEFINED AS ANY EQUIPMENT THAT HAS AN AIC RATING THAT MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE POWER SYSTEMS STUDY AND EQUIPMENT THAT WILL HAVE AN ARC FLASH LABEL APPLIED. A. BEFORE ANY ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT IS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW, THE POWER SYSTEMS STUDY MUST BE SUBMITTED, REVIEWED, AND FULLY APPROVED. WITH REGARDS TO SPECIFICATION FOR POWER SYSTEMS STUDIES, THE FOLLOWING TIMELINE OF SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO: KEYNOTES 1 SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, TO BE INSTALLED IN FUTURE PROJECT. 2 GROUND IN EXISTING DISCONNECT, NOT BONDED TO NEUTRAL. 3 GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT AND ARC FLASH REDUCTION PROVIDED. 4 USE EXISTING STUB-UPS AND CONDUIT WHERE AVAILABLE. EXISTING FEEDER SCHEDULE MARK CONDUIT & CONDUCTORS (SEE NOTE 1)REMARKS E3/0G 1#3/0G, 3/4"C E4G 1#4G, 3/4"C E6G 1#6G, 3/4"C E60A3G 3#4, 1#10G, 1-1/4"C E110A4G 4#1, 1#6G, 2"C E300A3G 3#350, 1#4G, 2-1/2"C E1200A4 4 SETS (4#350, 2-1/2"C) E1200A4G 4 SETS (4#350, 1#3/0G, 3"C) E2500A4 7 SETS (4#500, 3 1/2"C) EXST EXISTING A. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL QUANTITIES, FEEDER ROUTING AND INSTALLATION. INDICATED FEEDER LENGTH WAS USED TO CALCULATE FAULT CURRENT AND IS AN APPROXIMATE QUANTITY. IF THE INSTALLED FEEDER LENGTH IS 10% SHORTER OR LONGER THAN THE INDICATED FEEDER LENGTH FAULT CURRENT MUST BE RE-EVALUATED AND REQUIRED BRACING RESIZED. NOTES: x16 POWER CABINET PC-10 22 17,201 480 120 -- -- x15 POWER CABINET PC-9 22 17,476 480 115 -- -- x14 POWER CABINET PC-8 22 18,054 480 105 -- -- x13 POWER CABINET PC-7 22 18,358 480 100 -- -- x12 POWER CABINET PC-6 22 18,997 480 90 -- -- x11 TRANSFORMER T-CA SECONDARY AND PANEL CA -- 2,616 208 -- 30 3 x10 TRANSFORMER T-CA PRIMARY -- 19,759 480 15 -- -- x9 POWER CABINET PC-5 22 20,708 480 65 -- -- x8 POWER CABINET PC-4 22 21,524 480 55 -- -- x7 POWER CABINET PC-3 -- 21,957 480 50 -- -- x6 POWER CABINET PC-2 -- 22,876 480 40 -- -- x5 POWER CABINET PC-1 -- 23,877 480 30 -- -- x4 CMDC-2 65 27,656 480 20 -- -- x3 CMDC-1 -- 27,482 480 30 -- -- x2 MAIN DISCONNECT 2 -- 28,375 480 35 -- -- x1 MAIN DISCONNECT 1 -- 28,560 480 30 -- -- xU SERVICE TRANSFORMER SECONDARY WINDING, 750 KVA -- 29,726 480 -- 750 3 POINT DESCRIPTION MIN. NEW EQUIPMENT BRACING (KA) CALCULATED SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT (A SYM. RMS) LINE-LINE VOLTAGE (V) LENGTH OF RUN (NOTE 1) XFMR RATING (KVA) XFMR IMPED (%Z) SHORT CIRCUIT SCHEDULE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE22 AND 3 BOX CABLE RUNS (PER SYSTEM MANUFACTURER FOR REFERENCE ONLY) # DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 5 : 0 3 A M E5.1 SCHEDULES RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET 2. (*) NUMBER INDICATES BREAKER TYPE: 1 = AFCI, 2 = CLASS A 5mA GFCI, 3 = 30mA GFPE, 4 = SHUNT TRIP ACTIVATED, 5 = PANELBOARD FEEDER SERVING UNIT SHALL BE LOCKABLE USING A PADLOCK, IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA LOCK-OUT-TAG RULES, 6 = LSI, 7 = LSIG. 1. ALL BREAKERS ARE STANDARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED NOTES: TOTAL DEMAND CURRENT: 1200 A TOTAL CONNECTED CURRENT: 960 A Other Non-Continuous Load 0 VA 0.00% 0 VA TOTAL DEMAND: 998010 VA Other Continuous Load 798264 VA 125.00% 997830 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 798444 VA Receptacle 180 VA 100.00% 180 VA Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Demand Load PANEL TOTALS TOTAL AMPS:962 A 960 A 960 A TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:266465 VA 266005 VA 265973 VA 10 SPACE -- -- 3 -- -- -- 9 SPACE -- -- 3 -- -- -- 8 SPACE -- -- 3 -- -- -- 7 PC5 400 A 300 A 3 52667 VA 52667 VA 52667 VA 6 PC4 400 A 300 A 3 52667 VA 52667 VA 52667 VA 5 PC3 400 A 300 A 3 52667 VA 52667 VA 52667 VA 4 PC2 400 A 300 A 3 52667 VA 52667 VA 52667 VA 3 PC1 400 A 300 A 3 52667 VA 52667 VA 52667 VA 2 T-CA 60 A 60 A 3 3132 VA 2672 VA 2640 VA 1 SPD-1 60 A 60 A 3 0 VA 0 VA 0 VA ITEM NO. IDENTIFICATION SWITCH RATING FUSE SIZES TYPE (*)POLE A B C REMARKS MAIN: 1200 A MLO BUSSING: SEE SPEC MCB 100% RATED (Y/N): N RATED AMPERAGE: 1200 A ISOLATED GROUND BUS (Y/N): N MCB SHUNT TRIP (Y/N): N PHASE / WIRE: 3Ø / 4W OPD INTERRUPTING RATING (SYM): -MCB GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (Y/N): N VOLTAGE: 480/277V SCC RATING (SYM): SEE ONE-LINE MOUNTING: PAD EXISTING DISTRIBUTION PANEL CMDC-1 2. (*) NUMBER INDICATES BREAKER TYPE: 1 = AFCI, 2 = CLASS A 5mA GFCI, 3 = 30mA GFPE, 4 = SHUNT TRIP ACTIVATED, 5 = PANELBOARD FEEDER SERVING UNIT SHALL BE LOCKABLE USING A PADLOCK, IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA LOCK-OUT-TAG RULES, 6 = LSI, 7 = LSIG. 1. ALL BREAKERS ARE STANDARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED NOTES: TOTAL DEMAND CURRENT: 1188 A TOTAL CONNECTED CURRENT: 950 A TOTAL DEMAND: 987500 VA Other Non-Continuous Load 0 VA 0.00% 0 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 790000 VA Other Continuous Load 790000 VA 125.00% 987500 VA Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Demand Load PANEL TOTALS TOTAL AMPS:951 A 951 A 951 A TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD:263333 VA 263333 VA 263333 VA 10 SPACE -- -- 3 -- -- -- 9 SPACE -- -- 3 -- -- -- 8 SPACE -- -- 3 -- -- -- 7 SPACE -- -- 3 -- -- -- 6 PC10 400 A 300 A 3 52667 VA 52667 VA 52667 VA 5 PC9 400 A 300 A 3 52667 VA 52667 VA 52667 VA 4 PC8 400 A 300 A 3 52667 VA 52667 VA 52667 VA 3 PC7 400 A 300 A 3 52667 VA 52667 VA 52667 VA 2 PC6 400 A 300 A 3 52667 VA 52667 VA 52667 VA 1 SPD-2 60 A 60 A 3 0 VA 0 VA 0 VA ITEM NO. IDENTIFICATION SWITCH RATING FUSE SIZES TYPE (*)POLE A B C REMARKS MAIN: 1200 A MLO BUSSING: SEE SPEC MCB 100% RATED (Y/N): N RATED AMPERAGE: 1200 A ISOLATED GROUND BUS (Y/N): N MCB SHUNT TRIP (Y/N): N PHASE / WIRE: 3Ø / 4W OPD INTERRUPTING RATING (SYM): -MCB GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (Y/N): N VOLTAGE: 480/277V SCC RATING (SYM): SEE ONE-LINE MOUNTING: PAD DISTRIBUTION PANEL CMDC-2 2.(*) NUMBER INDICATES BREAKER TYPE: 1 = AFCI, 2 = CLASS A 5mA GFCI, 3 = 30mA GFPE, 4 = SHUNT TRIP ACTIVATED, 5 = PANELBOARD FEEDER SERVING UNIT SHALL BE LOCKABLE USING A PADLOCK, IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA LOCK-OUT-TAG RULES, 6 = LSI, 7 = LSIG. 1.ALL BREAKERS ARE STANDARD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED NOTES: TOTAL DEMAND CURRENT: 29 A TOTAL CONNECTED CURRENT: 23 A TOTAL DEMAND: 10510 VA Other Continuous Load 8264 VA 125.00% 10330 VA TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 8444 VA Receptacle 180 VA 100.00% 180 VA Load Classification Connected Load Demand Factor Demand Load PANEL TOTALS 41 SPACE -- 1 -- -- 1 --SPACE 42 39 SPACE -- 1 -- -- 1 --SPACE 40 37 SPACE -- 1 -- --1 --SPACE 38 35 SPACE -- 1 -- -- 1 --SPACE 36 33 SPACE -- 1 -- -- 1 --SPACE 34 31 SPACE -- 1 -- --1 --SPACE 32 29 SPACE -- 1 -- -- 1 --SPACE 30 27 SPACE -- 1 -- -- 1 --SPACE 28 25 SPACE -- 1 -- --1 --SPACE 26 23 SPACE -- 1 -- -- 1 --SPACE 24 21 SPACE -- 1 -- -- 1 --SPACE 22 19 SPACE -- 1 -- --1 --SPACE 20 17 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 18 15 SPARE 20 A 1 0 0 1 20 A SPARE 16 13 DEPOT BOX AUX 8A/8B 20 A 1 528 0 1 20 A SPARE 14 11 DEPOT BOX AUX 7A/7B 20 A 1 528 528 1 20 A DEPOT BOX AUX 10A/10B 12 9 DEPOT BOX AUX 6A/6B/6C 20 A 1 792 528 1 20 A DEPOT BOX AUX 9A/9B 10 7 NEW EPO BUTTONS 20 A 1 840 792 1 20 A DEPOT BOX AUX 5A/5B/5C 8 5 DEPOT BOX AUX 3A/3B/3C 20 A 1 792 792 1 20 A DEPOT BOX AUX 4A/4B/4C 6 3 DEPOT BOX AUX 2A/2B/2C 20 A 1 792 560 1 20 A EPO BUTTONS 4 1 DEPOT BOX AUX 1A/1B/1C 20 A 1 792 180 1 20 A EXT. RECETACLE 2 CKT IDENTIFICATION TYPE (*) BKR SIZE POLES A B C POLES BKR SIZE TYPE (*)IDENTIFICATION CKT 26 A 22 A 22 A MCB 100% RATED (Y/N): N SCC RATING (SYM): 10,000 A 3132 VA 2672 VA 2640 VA MCB SHUNT TRIP (Y/N): N MAIN: 100 A MCB MCB GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (Y/N): N RATED AMPERAGE: 100 A A B C MOUNTING: SURFACE PHASE / WIRE: 3Ø / 4W PHASE BUSSING: SEE SPEC VOLTAGE: 208/120V CONNECTED LOAD PER ISOLATED GROUND BUS (Y/N): N EXISTING PANELBOARD CA DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 A-4 DEPOT CHARGER 4A 12"x4" TRAY 24"x4" TRAY 12"x4" TRAY 6" 6" 6"x4" MESH TRAY 6"x4" MESH TRAY 6"x4" MESH TRAY A-4 DEPOT CHARGER 6A 18"x4" TRAY 12"x4" TRAY 6"x4" MESH TRAY 6" 6" 6"x4" MESH TRAY DEPOT CHARGER 4A DEPOT CHARGER 5A 24"x4" TRAY 12"x4" TRAY 12"x4" TRAY 18"x4" TRAY 3/4" CONDUIT (7) 3/4" CONDUIT 6"x4" MESH TRAY PC1 PC10120 V AC INPUT FROM PANEL CA PC2 EMERGENCY POWER OFF, 2 POSITION, PUSH LOCK, KEY RESET, NORMALLY CLOSED, MANTAINED CONTACT MUSHROOM HEAD WITH 1 NC AND 1 NO CONTACT, PROVIDE TRANSPARENT LID. www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 3 / 2 0 2 3 8 : 4 5 : 0 7 A M E6.1 DETAILS RCN BAI 0220049.06 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 02/23/2023 INM PERMIT SET SCALE: NOT TO SCALE2CABLE REEL PRODUCT - TYPICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"3 JUNCTION 4-5 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"1 JUNCTION 6-7 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE4JUNCTION 4-5 ISOMETRIC DETAIL SCALE: NOT TO SCALE5EPO DETAIL A. REFERENCE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS ON EQUIPMENT MOUNTING TO CEILING STRUCTURE. GENERAL NOTES KEYNOTES 1 BASIS OF DESIGN ABU GMBH SPRING DRIVEN CHARGEREEL OR APPROVED EQUAL. EXACT DIMENSIONS AND FINAL PRODUCT TO BE COORDINATED WITH DEPOT CHARGER VENDOR BASED ON CHARGING CABLE FEED FROM DEPOT CHARGER. # 1 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 T TFF A-5A-4A-3A-2A-1 A-A 36'-11 3/4"35'-6 1/4"35'-6 1/4"36'-11 3/4" 145'-0" (E) 7" CONCRETE PADNEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 8'-0" MAX 8'-0" MAX 5'-0" +/-5'-0" +/-8'-0" +/-8'-0" +/-6'-0" +/-8'-0" MAX 8'-0" MAX 8'-0" MAX 8'-0" MAX 8'-0" MAX 8'-0" MAX 8'-0" MAX 8'-0" MAX 8'-0" MAX 8'-0" MAX8" PIPE BOLLARD TYP 7 E6.2 _____TYP EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TYP (CONFIRM ALL LOCATIONS W/ EXISTING CONDITIONS) VI F 3' - 1 0 " + / - 4' - 0 " M I N DO NOT LOCATE BOLLARDS IN FRONT OF EQUIPMENT 8'-0" MAX 8'-0" M AX HSS8x2x1/8 BARRIER BETWEEN BOLLARDS, TYP (19) LOCATIONS EXISTING CONC SLAB WWR-4X4-W4.0XW4.0 1'-6" 3' - 0 " M I N 3" CONC FOOTING SLOPE CONCRETE BASE 3' - 0 " CONC CAP 8" DIAM. SCH 80 STEEL PIPE FILLED W/ CONC. 1/4" BENT PLATE 8"x2" EXTEND 3" FROM FACE OF BOLLARD WITH LONGER LEG WITH HOLE MATCHING HSS BEAM FOR PADLOCK HSS8x2x1/8 REMOVABLE BEAMS BETWEEN BOLLARDS 1/8 1/8TYP 3 SIDES, GRIND SMOOTH 8" T Y P 1/8"x2"x2" TAB WITH HOLE WELDED TO HSS BEAM WITH MATCHING HOLE IN U-BRACKET, ROUND CORNER OF TAB PADLOCK AT EACH REMOVABLE BEAM 1/4" PLATE EXTEND 3" FROM FACE OF BOLLARD WITH WITH HOLE MATCHING HSS BEAM FOR PADLOCK, ROUND BOTTOM CORNER PADLOCK TO SECURE REMOVABLE BEAM 3/8" MIN A. INSPECTIONS AND TESTING SERVICES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AND TESTING AGENCY (IES) PROVIDED BY THE OWNER IN CONFORMANCE WITH CHAPTER 17 OF THE IBC. B. INSPECTIONS AND TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED FOR, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING PLACEMENT OF REINFORCING STEEL, BOLTS INSTALLED IN CONCRETE, SAMPLING AND TESTING OF CONCRETE, AND PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. 2. VERIFICATION OF SOILS PER GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. SPECIAL INSPECTION: A. REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE" (ACI 318) BY THE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE. B. REINFORCING BAR DETAILING, FABRICATING, AND PLACING SHALL CONFORM TO THE CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE'S "REINFORCING BAR DETAILING" AND "PLACING REINFORCING BARS". C. MINIMUM CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (F'C) AT 28 DAYS: 4500 PSI D. PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-150, TYPE I/II, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT: 1. DEFORMED BARS -NEW BILLET STEEL COMPLYING WITH ASTM A615 AND HAVING A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 60000 PSI. F. CONCRETE PROTECTION FOR REINFORCEMENT: UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN THE CLEAR DISTANCE FROM THE FACE OF CONCRETE TO THE REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE: CONCRETE POURED AGAINST GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . .3" CONCRETE POURED AGAINST FORMS (NOTE A): #6 BARS OR LARGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2" SMALLER THAN #6 BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1/2" INCREASE BY 1/2" IF SURFACE IS TO BE IN PERMANENT CONTACT WITH GROUND OR WATER. G. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED, SPLICING OF REINFORCING BARS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 318. H. ARRANGE, SPACE, AND SECURELY TIE BARS AND BAR SUPPORTS TO HOLD REINFORCEMENT IN POSITION DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT OPERATIONS. SET WIRE TIES SO ENDS ARE DIRECTED INTO CONCRETE. I. PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR REINFORCEMENT INCLUDING BOLSTERS, CHAIRS, AND SPACERS WITH SAND PLATES FOR SUPPORTING AND FASTENING REINFORCING BARS TO PROVIDE THE CONCRETE COVER INDICATED. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE: A. ALL DETAILS, SECTIONS, AND PLAN NOTES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE TYPICAL AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO APPLY TO SIMILAR CONDITIONS ELSEWHERE. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY, BY FIELD CHECK, ALL SIZES, DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, LOCATIONS, ETC., OF THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHICH ARE RELATIVE TO THE CONSTRUCTION. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR DETERMINING THE MEANS, METHODS, SEQUENCES, AND SAFETY PROCEDURES USED IN PERFORMING THE WORK. SHOULD THE ENGINEER VISIT THE SITE, IT IS IN THE CAPACITY AS ENGINEER AND NOT IN THE CAPACITY OF A CONTRACTOR. D. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY, UNRELIEVED BY REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR PERIODIC OBSERVATIONS, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. F. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON MATERIAL PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND NO CLAIM IS MADE AS TO ITS ABSOLUTE COMPLETENESS AND/OR ACCURACY PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. G. WHERE NEW CONSTRUCTION ABUTS OR INTEGRATES WITH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS ARE CLOSE TO THOSE THAT HAVE BEEN ASSUMED. IF THERE ARE ANY VARIANCES THAT WILL PREVENT THE WORK FROM BEING COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, THEY SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY UPON DISCOVERY. THE ENGINEER SHALL ADVISE THE CONTRACTOR AS TO THE NECESSARY MODIFICATIONS. H. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE SCOPE OF THE WORK BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. SOIL INFORMATION RELEASED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS MAY VARY AT THE SITE. I. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. J. CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL SHALL BE SPREAD OUT IF PLACED ON FRAMED ROOF OR FLOOR. LOAD SHALL NOT EXCEED THE DESIGN LIVE LOAD PER SQUARE FOOT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORING AND/OR BRACING WHERE STRUCTURE HAS NOT ATTAINED DESIGN STRENGTH. K. THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENT THE DESIGN INTENT FOR THE FINISHED STRUCTURE. THEY DO NOT INDICATE MEANS OR METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION. SUCH MEASURES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, BRACING, SHORING FOR LOADS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, ETC. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVISIONS OF TEMPORARY SHORING AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION AIDS, INCLUDING ALL ENGINEERING OF SUCH SYSTEMS, FOR TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF NEW AND/OR EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AS REQUIRED FOR ERECTION AND OTHER CONTRACTOR'S MEANS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. OBSERVATION VISITS TO THE SITE BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL NOT INCLUDE INSPECTION OF THE ABOVE ITEMS. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION: A. REINFORCED CONCRETE IS DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SHALL BE PLACED IN COMPLIANCE WITH PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING CODES, SPECIFICATIONS, AND STANDARDS: 1. ACI 304-RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR MEASURING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING OF CONCRETE. 2. ACI 318-BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE 3. CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE (CRSI) “MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE.” B. SUBMITTALS: INCLUDE SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 4 OF THE ACI 301 AND ALL ASSOCIATED TEST RECORDS AND PRODUCT DATA SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO EOR FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT. C. FORM MATERIALS: 1. SHALL BE STEEL, DRESSED LUMBER FREE OF LOOSE KNOTS, OR EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD 5/8-INCH THICK. 2. TREAT FORMS WITH OIL OR LACQUER PRIOR TO PLACING REINFORCEMENT. 3. ADEQUATELY BRACE AND STIFFEN FORMS TO PREVENT DEFLECTION AND SETTLEMENT. D. CONCRETE MATERIALS: 1. PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C150, TYPE I/II, OR ASTM C595, TYPE IP. 2. NORMAL WEIGHT AGGREGATES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C33. 3. PROVIDE AGGREGATE FROM SINGLE SOURCE. 4. WATER: ANY POTABLE DRINKING WATER. E. ADMIXTURES: 1. AIR ENTRAINING ADMIXTURE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C260. 2. WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C494, TYPE A. F. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS: CLASS A CONCRETE-AIR ENTRAINED MEETING THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. SLUMP: 4”± 1 2. MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE: 3/4 INCH 3. MAXIMUM W/C RATIO: 0.45 4. AIR CONTENT: 5.5% ± 1.5% G. CURING MATERIALS: 1. LIQUID MEMBRANE-FORMING CURING COMPOUND SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C309, CLASS A OR B, TYPE I. H. RELATED MATERIALS: 1. NONSHRINK GROUT SHALL BE NONMETALLIC. 2. ANCHOR BOLTS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM F1554 USING 55KSI STEEL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONCRETE MIX DESIGN: A. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING DESIGN IS BASED ON AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CODE: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE -2021 AND CITY OF FORT COLLINS AMENDMENTS RISK CATEGORY = II B. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE STRUCTURAL DESIGN IS BASED ON THE FOLLOWING TYPICAL UNIFORM LOADS: WIND DESIGN DATA V (ULT)=140 MPH V (NOM)=108 MPH EXPOSURE CATEGORY =B GCf =(+/-) 0.18 EARTHQUAKE DESIGN DATA I =II Ss =0.190 S1 =0.055 SITE CLASS =D SDS =0.203 SD1 =0.088 SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY =B LIVE LOADS ROOF = 20 PSF SNOW LOADS Pg =35 PSF Pf =21 PSF Ce = 1.0 I =1.0 Ct =1.0 FUTURE ROOF LOAD = 5 PSF (UNBALASTED PV PANELS) DESIGN CRITERIA: NOTES: 1. PROVIDE JOIST REINFORCING AS SHOWN WHERE POINT LOADS OCCUR 6" OR MORE FROM A PANEL POINT OR VERTICAL WEB ELEMENT. 2. HANGERS AND OTHER SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, OR PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL BE LOCATED AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE CHORD AND WEB MEMBERS.IF A CONCENTRATED LOAD > 50 LBS. IS APPLIED BETWEEN PANEL POINTS, A FIELD INSTALLED L 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 X 1/4 MEMBER MUST BE ADDED FROM THE POINT OF CONCENTRATED LOADING TO THE NEAREST PANEL POINT ON THE OPPOSITE CHORD OF THE JOIST.CONCENTRATED LOADS IN EXCESS OF 200 LBS. SHALL HAVE TWO L 2 1/2 X 2 1/2 X 1/4 INSTALLED, ON EACH SIDE OF THE WEB, AND MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. CONCENTRATED LOAD REINFORCING ANGLE PER NOTE 2 PANEL POINT AT WEB CONN PANEL POINT AT VERTICAL WEB STRUT ≥ 6" CONCENTRATED HANGING LOAD 1" MIN TYP CABLE TRAY PER ELECTRICAL (ATTACH TO STRUT PER MANUF) (2) 1/4" -20 THREAD UNISTRUT CHANNEL NUT OR EQUAL W/ THREADED RODS, LOCK WASHER, FLAT WASHER & HEX NUT AT EACH CHANNEL (2) UNISTRUT P2785 BEAM CLAMPS PER JOIST. INSTALL PER MFR. RECOMMENDATIONSP1000HS 1-5/8" UNISTRUT CHANNELS, CUT TO LENGTH REQUIRED IN FIELD P1000HS 1-5/8" UNISTRUT CHANNELS SUSPENDED BETWEEN EXIST. ROOF JOISTS NOTES: 1. GC SHALL COORDINATE W/ CLIENT & INSTALLER IN FIELD TO VERIFY LOCATION OF FRAMING REQUIRED. 2. PROVIDE HANGER SUPPORTS AT EACH JOIST WHEN CABLE TRAY RUN IS PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS. PROVIDE HANGER SUPPORTS AT 8'-0" MAX SPACING WHEN CABLE TRAY RUN IS PARALLEL TO JOISTS. SEE MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ALL ADDITIONAL HANGER SUPPORT AND MAX SPACING. A A 2'-0" MAX 12 " M A X 6" M I N 12 " M A X 6" M I N (E) OPEN WEB ROOF JOIST TYP (E) STEEL ROOF DECK MAX SPAN 5.2' (VIF) CABLE TRAY WEIGHT ROD SIZE 4x6 9 PLF 3/8" 4x9 13 PLF 3/8" 4x12 18 PLF 3/8" 4x18 27 PLF 1/2" 4x24 35 PLF 1/2" THREADED ROD PER TABLE BELOW TYP 2" MIN NOTE: WEIGHTS INCLUDE CABLING P1000HS 1-5/8" UNISTRUT CHANNELS EA SIDE OF REEL (TOTAL OF 4) (E) JOIST BEYOND TO REMAIN (E) STEEL ROOF DECK TO REMAIN CABLE REEL PER ELECTRICAL (MAX WEIGHT, PULL FORCE) SEE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT STRUT HARDWARE AND ATTACHMENTS OF UNISTRUT TO UNISTRUT BEAM /6 E6.2 1/2" WITH P1000 SPRING NUT 1/2" PLATE 13"x12" WITH HOLES TO MATCH CABLE REEL UNLESS CABLE REEL MOUNT CAN MATCH UNISTRUT SECTION A-A UNISTRUT EACH SIDE 1/2" PLATE CABLE REEL MOUNT AND BOLTS PER MANUF A A 1 1 / 2 " P1000HS UNISTRUT (TYP OF 2) WITH P2785 BEAM CLAMPS, SEE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT STRUT HARDWARE AND ATTACHMENTS 1/2" DIA. A36 THREADED ROD HANGER (TYP 4) P1001 UNISTRUT (TYP OF 2 BELOW) PER ELEC. ENGINEER (E) STEEL ROOF DECK (E) OPEN WEB ROOF JOIST TYP 2" MIN NUTS ABOVE & BELOW STRUT (2 @ EA ROD) TYP P2863 UNISTRUT PLATE FITTING @ OPEN SLOT OF STRUT (TYP OF 8) TYP 1'-0" MAX PROVIDE JOIST REINFORCEMENT AT CONNECTION TO BOTTOM CHORD OF JOIST WHERE REQUIRED PER DETAIL /6 E6.2 /2 E6.2 A. STRUCTURAL STEEL IS DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AISC "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS," AND THE AISC "STEEL CONSTRUCTION MANUAL". B. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING ASTM SPECIFICATIONS: RECTANGULAR HSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A500 GRADE B STEEL PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A53 STRUCTURAL PLATE AND BARS, ANGLES, AND THREADED ROD . . . . A36 BOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A307 GRADE A C. ALL BOLTED CONNECTIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO AISC "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS". (IS EN 14399, GRADE 8.8 AND GRADE 10.9) D. ALL WELDED CONNECTIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO AWS "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE," D1.1. E. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, ALL WELDED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH E70-XX LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES. F. PROVIDE ALL BOLT HOLES, STUDS, ANCHORS, AND CLIP ANGLES REQUIRED TO ATTACH OTHER MATERIALS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STEEL WASHERS. G. ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE STORED INSIDE, AWAY FROM EXTERIOR ELEMENTS. H. PROVIDE PAINT OR PROTECTIVE COATINGS AND ALL FINISHES AS REQUIRED BY THE CLIENT. STEEL: A. ALL METAL STRUT / SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AISI " NORTH AMERICAN SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD- FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS" (AISI S100-2012) INCLUDING ANY SUPPLEMENTS. B. STRUT / SLOTTED CHANNEL AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE SITE IN BUNDLES MARKED WITH TAGS CALLING OUT MANUFACTURER, MATERIAL TYPE, SECTION, GAUGE, AND FINISH. C. ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE STORED INSIDE, AWAY FROM EXTERIOR ELEMENTS. D. BASIS OF DESIGN FOR METAL STRUT / SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING WAS UNISTRUT. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS INCLUDE: UNISTRUT CORPORATION: UNISTRUT, EATON CORPORATION/COOPER INDUSTRIES: B-LINE STRUT, OTHER MANUFACTURERS WITH PRODUCTS HAVING EQUAL OR BETTER PROPERTIES MAY BE CONSIDERED. SUBMIT DOCUMENTATION WHICH SHOWS PROPERTY COMPARISON TO DESIGN TEAM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. E. SINGLE AND DOUBLE CHANNEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A1011 SS GR 33 (Fy = 33 KSI) SINGLE 1-5/8" STRUT DOUBLE 1-5/8" STRUT (3-1/4" TOTAL DEPTH) AND HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PROPERTIES: 1. Ix = 0.185 IN4 Ix = 0.928 IN4 2. Sx = 0.202 IN3 Sx = 0.571 IN3 3. rx = 0.577 IN rx = 0.914 IN 4. A = 0.555 IN2 A = 1.111 IN2 F. DOUBLE CHANNEL SHALL BE FORMED BY WELDING TWO PIECES OF CHANNEL INTO A SINGLE FULLY- COMPOSITE COMPONENT. STRENGTH OF WELDS SHALL BE SHOWN BY MANUFACTURER TO MEET STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS OF AN EQUIVALENT SINGLE STRUT. G. ALL FITTINGS AND HARDWARE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY SAME MANUFACTURER OF STRUT / SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING. HOLES IN FITTINGS SHALL BE APPROPRIATE FOR CONNECTOR SIZES. H. FINISHES: ALL STRUT / SLOTTED CHANNEL SHALL BE POW DERCOAT FINISHED WITH "PERMA- GREEN" OR "DURA-GREEN" PROTECTIVE COATING. FITTINGS AND HARDWARE SHALL RECEIVE THE SAME POWDERCOAT FINISH OR BE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED. I. CUTTING OF STRUT / SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH A SAW. TORCH CUTTING IS NOT PERMITTED. CUT ENDS OF STRUT / SLOTTED CHANNEL SHALL BE SQUARE (OR TRUE TO LINE) AND FREE OF PROJECTIONS AND BURRS. PAINT/PROTECT CUT ENDS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. J. FABRICATION(S) NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPLICES, CONNECTIONS, NOTCHES, ETC., SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY THE DESIGN TEAM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. K. INSTALLATION: CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PROPERLY DRAWN TOGETHER AND RESULT IN A TIGHT FIT, WITH BOLTED CONNECTIONS TIGHTENED USING PROPER TORQUES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. L. WELDING: WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED AND INSPECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.1 AND D1.3, AND DONE IN A SEQUENCE THAT MINIMIZES DISTORTION AND SHRINKAGE. METAL STRUCT / SLOTTED METAL FRAMING: NEW OPENING LOCATED BETWEEN EXISTING WALL REINFORCEMENT. DO NOT DAMAGE OR CUT EXISTING WALL REINFORCEMENT. 1) COORDINATE LOCATION AND CONDUIT SIZES PER EACH OPENING WITH ROXTEC AND REINFORCEMENT LAYOUT. 2) CORE-DRILL EACH CORNER OF THE NEW OPENING WITH A 2" DIAMETER BIT. 3) SAW-CUT OPENING BETWEEN CORES. DO NOT OVERCUT CORNERS. 4) IF DESIRED, OR NECESSARY FOR FIT OF PENETRATION COMPONENTS, HAND-CHIP REMAINING CONCRETE MATERIAL BEYOND CORES TO CREATE SQUARE CORNERS. DO NOT NOTCH OR OVERCUT CORNERS. 5) IF SIZE OF PENETRATION IS TOO SMALL TO SAW -CUT, SCORE SURFACE OF CONCRETE BETWEEN HOLE CORES AT BOTH SIDES OF WALL AND HAND-CHIP OPENING. 6) ALTERNATIVELY CONTRACTOR MAY USE A LARGER HOLE-SAW TO CORE CLEANLY THROUGH WALL TO CREATE ROUND PENETRATIONS BETWEEN EXISTING WALL REINFORCEMENT. 7) APPLY CORROSION INHIBITOR TO ALL EXPOSED EDGES OF WALL. 8) PROVIDE SEALANT WITH COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION ON ALL SIDES OF PENETRATION TO ENSURE WEATHERTIGHNESS. USE NON-DESTRUCTIVE MEANS (GPR OR X-RAY) OR ACCURATELY LOCATE ALL REINFORCEMENT AT (E) WALL. NEW OPENING TO BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 2" FROM EXISTING REINFORCEMENT OR JOINTS. CONFIRM ALL LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE WITH ENGINEER PRIOR TO DRILL AND INSTALLATION. TYP 2" MIN ROXTEC OR SIM AROUND CONDUITS www.f-w.com Engineers | Architects | Surveyors | Scientists GROUP DATE: DRAWN: REVIEWED: SHEET TITLE: SHEET NUMBER: PROJECT NO.: PROJECT: 223 WILLOW STREET FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524 (970) 484-7477 / info@f-w.com ISSUE: # DATE:DESCRIPTION: DESIGNED: 2/ 2 1 / 2 0 2 3 1 : 4 6 : 4 4 P M E6.2 DETAILS CAB DAJ 0220049.02 FC-22 Transfort Bus Charger Expansion City of Fort Collins 6570 Portner Fort Collins, CO 80525 2/23/2023 CAB FOR PERMIT 0 4 8 16 NORTH PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"1 PARTIAL FOUNDATION PLAN AT NEW BOLLARDS SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"7 PIPE BOLLARD DETAIL GENERAL NOTES SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"2 JOIST HANGING / CONCENTRATED LOAD SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"6 CABLE TRAY SUPPORT SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"3 CABLE REEL SUPPORT SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"4 CHARGER SUPPORT SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"5 NEW OPENING IN (E) PRECAST WALL 02/23/2023 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 — INSTALLATION GUIDE HVC -C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide for NA products Version 0.7 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 2 of 113 Notice This document contains information about one or more ABB products and may include a description of or a reference to one or more standards that may be generally relevant to the ABB products. The presence of any such description of a standard or reference to a standard is not a representation that all the ABB products referenced in this document support all the features of the described or referenced standard. To determine the specific features supported by a particular ABB product, the reader should consult the product specifications for the particular ABB product. ABB may have one or more patents or pending patent applications protecting the intellectual property in the ABB products described in this document. The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document. In no event shall ABB be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages of any nature or kind arising from the use of this document, nor shall ABB be liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from use of any software or hardware described in this document. This document is originally written in English. Other language versions are a translation of the original document and ABB cannot be held liable for errors in the translation. This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without written permission from ABB, and the contents there of must not be imparted to a third party nor used for any unauthorized purpose. Copyrights All rights to copyrights, registered trademarks, and trademarks reside with their respective owners. Copyright © 2020 ABB. All rights reserved. Version control Version Date Remarks 0.1 22-05-2019 Released for first review. 0.2 07-07-2020 Changes made according to Mantis issue 12192. Some improvements made and errors corrected. 0.3 23-09-2021 Changed figures 0.4 15-10-2021 Added Junction box instructions 0.5 28-01-2022 XT4 CMS installation instructions added 0.6 27-04-2022 Updated par. 3.2.3 and 5.12.1. 0.7 30-06-2022 Updated based on NA requirements DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 3 of 113 Contents 1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 7 1.1. Preface ....................................................................................................................................... 7 1.2. Intended document users ........................................................................................................ 7 1.3. Signs ........................................................................................................................................... 7 1.4. Safety regulations ..................................................................................................................... 8 1.4.1. Owner responsibilities ............................................................................................................................ 8 1.4.2. Tilting and handling................................................................................................................................ 9 Lifting activities ........................................................................................................................................... 9 1.4.3. ................................................................................................................................................................... 9 1.4.4. Electric hazards ................................................................................................................................... 10 1.4.5. Installation safety ................................................................................................................................. 10 1.5. Environment and disposal of waste ...................................................................................... 11 1.6. Cyber Security Disclaimer ...................................................................................................... 11 1.7. Contact information ................................................................................................................ 12 2. DESCRIPTION OF THE PRODUCT ............................................................................. 13 2.1. Overview of the system .......................................................................................................... 13 2.1.1. Standard HVC-C 100 E-Bus Charger with one Depot Charge Box ..................................................... 13 2.1.2. Standard HVC-C 100 E-Bus Charger with two or three Depot Charge Boxes ..................................... 14 2.1.3. Standard HVC-C 150 E-Bus Charger with one Depot Charge Box ..................................................... 14 2.1.4. Standard HVC-C 150 E-Bus Charger with two or three Depot Charge Boxes ..................................... 14 2.1.5. HVC Power Cabinet ............................................................................................................................. 15 2.1.6. Depot Charge Box ............................................................................................................................... 16 2.2. Accessories ............................................................................................................................. 17 2.2.1. Foundation for Power Cabinet ............................................................................................................. 17 2.2.2. Pedestal for Depot Charge Box ........................................................................................................... 18 2.2.3. Cable retractor for charger pedestal (Optional) ................................................................................... 18 NOTE: Cable retractor is not included in pedestal product ............................................................................... 18 2.2.4. Junction Box for metal conduit of wall mount installations (Optional) .................................................. 18 2.2.5. Communication glass fiber cable ......................................................................................................... 19 2.3. Project planning ...................................................................................................................... 19 3. PREPARATION ............................................................................................................. 20 3.1. About preparation ................................................................................................................... 20 3.2. Permits ..................................................................................................................................... 22 3.2.1. Power connection ................................................................................................................................ 22 3.2.2. Construction permit .............................................................................................................................. 22 3.2.3. Internet access .................................................................................................................................... 22 3.3. Upgrade grid ............................................................................................................................ 24 3.4. Location ................................................................................................................................... 24 3.5. Geometry of infrastructure ..................................................................................................... 25 3.5.1. Required space for the Power Cabinet ................................................................................................ 25 3.5.2. Placement of multiple cabinets ............................................................................................................ 27 3.5.3. Required space for the Depot Charge Box .......................................................................................... 27 3.6. Parking space arrangement ................................................................................................... 28 3.6.1. Cable reach ......................................................................................................................................... 28 3.6.2. Different alignment possibilities ........................................................................................................... 28 3.7. Electrical engineering ............................................................................................................. 30 3.7.1. Electrical installation ............................................................................................................................ 30 3.8. Civil installation ....................................................................................................................... 31 3.9. Lightning protection ............................................................................................................... 33 4. CONSTRUCTION .......................................................................................................... 33 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 4 of 113 4.1. About construction ................................................................................................................. 33 4.2. Construct foundation of the Power Cabinet ......................................................................... 34 4.2.1. Options ................................................................................................................................................ 34 4.2.2. Workflow with prefabricated concrete foundation (For reference only) ................................................ 35 4.2.3. Workflow with metal frame foundation ................................................................................................. 38 4.2.4. Workflow mounting Power Cabinet direct on a floor (footprint) ............................................................ 39 4.2.5. Options ................................................................................................................................................ 39 4.2.6. Workflow for wall mounting .................................................................................................................. 40 4.3. Cabling ..................................................................................................................................... 41 4.3.1. Charge system configurations ............................................................................................................. 41 4.3.2. AC power cable ................................................................................................................................... 43 4.3.3. Cables between the Power Cabinet and the Depot Charge Box ......................................................... 44 4.3.4. Cables between the Depot Charge Boxes ........................................................................................... 44 4.3.5. Grounding of Depot Charge Boxes ...................................................................................................... 44 4.3.6. Optional external interface cables ....................................................................................................... 45 4.3.7. Cable specification list ......................................................................................................................... 46 4.4. Internet connection ................................................................................................................. 47 5. PLACEMENT AND CONNECTION .............................................................................. 48 5.1. About placement and connection ......................................................................................... 48 5.2. Route the cables ..................................................................................................................... 49 5.3. Unpack Power Cabinet ........................................................................................................... 49 5.3.1. Before unpacking ................................................................................................................................. 49 5.3.2. Remove packaging .............................................................................................................................. 50 5.4. Move Power Cabinet to position............................................................................................ 51 5.4.1. Move cabinet with a hoist .................................................................................................................... 52 5.4.2. Move cabinet with a forklift truck .......................................................................................................... 53 5.5. Install Power Cabinet onto the foundation ........................................................................... 54 5.5.1. Connect Power Cabinet to foundation ................................................................................................. 54 5.5.2. Open the door of the Power Cabinet ................................................................................................... 56 5.5.3. Move the sliding plate of the guidance plates of the cabinet ................................................................ 57 5.5.4. Route cables through guidance plates ................................................................................................. 57 5.5.5. Move sliding plates of the guidance plates of the cabinet .................................................................... 58 5.5.6. Install border covers of the Power Cabinet .......................................................................................... 59 5.5.7. Install border covers of metal frame foundation ................................................................................... 59 5.5.8. Install front cover plate on foundation .................................................................................................. 60 5.6. Connect AC power cable and GND wires Power Cabinet ................................................... 61 5.6.1. Remove the protection covers ............................................................................................................. 61 5.6.2. Connect the GND wire of the AC power cable ..................................................................................... 62 5.6.3. Connect the AC power cable ............................................................................................................... 63 5.6.4. Install the protection covers ................................................................................................................. 64 5.6.5. Install lightning protection (optional) .................................................................................................... 65 5.6.6. Connect the GND wire(s) to the Depot Charge Box(s) ........................................................................ 66 5.7. Connect the DC power cables Power Cabinets ................................................................... 66 5.7.1. Remove the protection cover ............................................................................................................... 67 5.7.2. Connect the DC power cables ............................................................................................................. 67 5.7.3. Install the protection cover ................................................................................................................... 68 5.8. Interlock cable Power Cabinet ............................................................................................... 68 5.8.1. Route the cable to the terminal blocks ................................................................................................. 69 5.8.2. Connect the Interlock cable ................................................................................................................. 69 5.9. Connect the communication cable Power Cabinet ............................................................. 70 5.9.1. Route the cable to the terminal blocks ................................................................................................. 70 5.9.2. Connect the communication fiber cables ............................................................................................. 71 5.10. Close the door of the Power Cabinet .................................................................................... 72 5.11. Unpack the Depot Charge Box .............................................................................................. 73 5.11.1. Before unpacking ............................................................................................................................ 73 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 5 of 113 5.11.2. Remove packaging .......................................................................................................................... 73 5.12. Install Depot Charge Box onto Pedestal ............................................................................... 74 5.12.1. Connect Pedestal to foundation ...................................................................................................... 74 6.1.1. Mounting Depot Charge Box onto Pedestal ......................................................................................... 77 6.1.2. Install cord retractor system for Depot charge pedestal ....................................................................... 78 6.2. Install Depot Charge Box onto wall ....................................................................................... 80 6.2.1. Using the wall-mounting brackets ........................................................................................................ 80 6.2.2. Direct wall mounting ............................................................................................................................ 81 6.2.3. Direct wall mounting with Junction box using for metal conduits (Opitonal) ......................................... 82 6.3. Connect cables Depot Charge Box ....................................................................................... 85 6.3.1. Gland layout of the Depot Charge Box ................................................................................................ 85 6.3.2. Open the door of the Depot Charge Box ............................................................................................. 86 6.3.3. Remove the protection cover ............................................................................................................... 86 6.3.4. Connect the GND wire of the Power Cabinet ...................................................................................... 87 6.3.5. Install lighting protection (optional) ...................................................................................................... 88 6.3.6. Connect the GND or lighting protection wire onto Pedestal (when used) ............................................ 89 6.3.7. Connect the DC power in- and output cables ...................................................................................... 90 6.3.8. Connect the AC auxiliary power cable(s) ............................................................................................. 91 6.3.9. Connect the Interlock cable(s) ............................................................................................................. 92 6.3.10. Connect the communication glass fiber cable(s) ............................................................................. 93 6.3.11. Connect the Ethernet cable between the Depot Charge Boxes ...................................................... 94 6.3.12. Connect external EMO, Beacon and Stop button cables (optional) ................................................ 95 6.3.13. Install the protection cover .............................................................................................................. 96 6.3.14. Close the door of the Depot Charge Box ......................................................................................... 97 6.3.15. Install front cover plate on Pedestal (when used) ............................................................................ 97 7. COMMISSIONING ......................................................................................................... 98 7.1. Commissioning preparation .................................................................................................. 98 7.2. Customer Acceptance Form (CAF) ....................................................................................... 99 8. SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE ................................................................................... 99 8.1. About Service and Maintenance ............................................................................................ 99 8.2. Cleaning of the cabinet ......................................................................................................... 100 9. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ................................................................................... 101 9.1. Electrical specification complete 100 kW system ............................................................. 101 9.1. Electrical specification complete 150 kW system ............................................................. 102 9.2. Mechanical data .................................................................................................................... 102 9.3. Environment .......................................................................................................................... 103 9.4. Certifications ......................................................................................................................... 103 10. APPENDIX ............................................................................................................... 104 A. Dimensions Power Cabinet ...................................................................................................... 104 B. Dimensions Depot Charge Box ............................................................................................... 106 C. Dimensions Concrete Foundation Power Cabinet ................................................................ 107 D. Dimensions Metal Foundation Power Cabinet ....................................................................... 109 E. Power Cabinet – Outline with Foundation .............................................................................. 110 F. Signal connection diagram ...................................................................................................... 111 G. Ground overview of the system .............................................................................................. 112 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 6 of 113 Glossary AC Alternating Current. CAF Customer Acceptance Form. CCS (Combo) Combined Charging System (also called Combo) is the charging protocol for North America and European OEMs. Contractor Entity hired by the owner / site operator to do engineering, civil and electrical installation work. DC Direct Current. GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Grid provider Company responsible for the transportation and distribution of electricity. HMI Human Machine Interface; the screen on the charger. HVC Heavy Vehicle Charger. Power Cabinet Intermediate unit that provides 150 kW of DC power to the Charge control set. Gets its power from a power distribution board. Interlock The Interlock is an isolated current loop and is a feature that makes the state of two mechanisms or functions mutually dependent. LAN A computer network that interconnects computers systems within a limited area. NOC ABB Network Operating Centre; remotely checks the correct functioning of the charger. Owner The legal owner of the charger. PPE Personal Protective Equipment. Equipment such as safety shoes, helmet, glasses, gloves. RFID Radio-Frequency IDentification. RFID is a communication technology by means of radio waves to transfer data over a very short distance between a reader and an electronic tag or card. Site operator The entity is responsible for the day to day control of the charger. The site operator can be the owner, but not necessarily. User The owner of an electric vehicle, who uses the Charge Station to charge that vehicle. WiFi A technology that allows electronic devices to connect to a wireless LAN (WLAN) network. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 7 of 113 1. Introduction 1.1. Preface This guide describes the planning and physical installation of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger at its location for the North American (NA) region. The HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger is a DC fast charger system for hybrid or electrical buses that can be used for overnight charging which is based on the CCS Charging standard. It is not permitted to use the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger to charge any other equipment, or to use the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger for any other purposes. The HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger uses high-amperage electric currents. Therefore, the installation must be planned carefully, and must be done by certified personnel only (according to local standards 1). This equipment is intended to be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70. Before installing the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger, read this Installation Guide carefully and attentively. Follow the instructions in this Installation Guide. ABB is not responsible for any damage that has been caused by not or incorrectly following and executing the instruction described in this manual. 1.2. Intended document users This document is intended to be used by: Customers who purchased a HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger, or are in the process of ordering and want to know in more detail how it has to be installed. Contractors who are responsible for site preparation and/or installation of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger. 1.3. Signs The following signs are used on the equipment and in this manual: DANGER Hazardous voltage Identifies a hazard that could result in severe injury or death through electrocution. WARNING Caution Identifies a hazard that could result in severe injury or death. WARNING Rotating parts Identifies a hazard that could result in injury due to the presence of rotating or moving parts. 1 Local regulations shall take precedence if they list different installation requirements than prescribed in this Installation Manual. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 8 of 113 WARNING Pinch Hazard Identifies a hazard that could result in injuries in which some body parts are pinched or crushed. WARNING Fall Hazard Identifies a hazard that could result in injury due unsafe work at height. CAUTION General Risk Identifies a hazard that could result in damage to the machine, other equipment, and/or environmental pollution. CAUTION Environmental damage Identifies a special indication as well as biddings and prohibitions to avoid damages in the environment. This sign refers to present national regulation according the environment. NOTICE Contains remarks, suggestions or advice. 1.4. Safety regulations 1.4.1. Owner responsibilities The owner and site operator are required: • To operate the charge station with the protective devices installed and to make sure all protective devices are correctly installed after carrying out installation or maintenance. • To write an emergency plan that instructs people what to do in case of emergency. • To prepare the site where the charge station will be installed, according to the requirements described in this guide. • To make sure that there is enough space around the charger to carry out maintenance work. • To appoint a person responsible for the safe operation of the charge station and for the coordination of all work. • All works must be carried out from qualified personnel. All qualified personnel have to estimate their transmitted works, identify and avoid. They must have experience and enough knowledge over: safety regulations and labor medical regulations, accident prevention regulations, guideline and approved safety regulations, and special instruction concerning occurrence of danger (especially remaining risk) possible dangers. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 9 of 113 • You are not allowed to modify the charge system without the permission of ABB. The owner is cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by ABB could void the owner’s authority to operate the equipment and ABB’s warranty policy. • Neither ABB nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third parties for damages, losses, costs or expenses incurred by purchaser or third parties as a result of: an accident, misuse or abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs or alterations to this product, or failure to strictly comply ABB operating and maintenance instructions. 1.4.2. Tilting and handling CAUTION Heavy equipment Handling instructions: 1. Use crane or forklift truck when lifting or moving the Power Cabinet. 2. Do not drop parts of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger. 3. Do not exceed a tilting of 30⁰ for the Power Cabinet. 4. Read and follow the ABB Guidance on the requirements for safe operation of mobile cranes (ML-03, 9Akk104941D0113). WARNING Personal safety (PPE) Always wear a safety helmet, safety gloves and safety shoes when you do the lifting and tilting work. WARNING Make sure that personnel cannot be crushed or become trapped during lifting and tilting work. 1.4.3. Lifting activities It is a legal requirement that all activities involving lifting equipment are planned and that they are conducted under effective supervision and managed based on the risk, complexity of the activity and the work environment (OSHA 1926.600 -Equipment). It is of great importance, regardless of location, that any lifting activity is performed safely, because the activity: • Carry out within the framework of an effective management system. • Properly planned. • Risk has been assessed. • Supervision is being held and performed by skilled personnel and with the appropriate means. All lifting activities must be performed under the ABB Guidance on the requirements for safe operation of mobile cranes (ML-03, 9Akk104941D0113). When applying this Standard, local laws and regulations must be taken into account at all times. In the event of conflicts, local laws and regulations prevail over this Standard. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 10 of 113 1.4.4. Electric hazards DANGER Hazardous voltage The HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger conductors under hazardous electrical voltages. The grid terminals on the internal DIN rail may carry hazardous voltages, even if all circuit breakers are switched off. 1.4.5. Installation safety WARNING Personal safety (PPE) Always wear a safety helmet, safety gloves and safety shoes when you do the lifting and tilting work. WARNING Visually examine the package for damage. See section Before unpacking on Page 49 and section Before unpacking on Page 73. If there is damage, do not install the system. DANGER Hazardous voltage Instructions: 1. Always switch off the external group switch, before performing any installation, disassembly, repair or replacement of components. 2. Do a voltage check and make sure that the electrical power is disconnected from the system. 3. Only ABB certified technicians are permitted to commission the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger. 4. When the system is in an open or dangerous condition, do not allow unqualified persons to go near it. Instruct and warn people about the potential harmful high voltages. 5. The installation and maintenance personnel must supply their own lighting equipment, since the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger has no lights inside the cabinet. 6. Always connect the Protective Earth (GND or PE) first, before connecting the neutral (N) and Phase (P) wiring. 7. Correctly lock the door after installation or service operations. WARNING Make sure that there is a minimum free space of 39.37 Inch in front of the door of the Power Cabinet. The minimum space is necessary to allow service personnel to quickly move away from the Power Cabinet if there is an emergency when the door is open. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 11 of 113 WARNING Make sure that there is a minimum free space of 35.43 Inch in front of the door of the Depot Charge Box. The minimum space is necessary to allow service personnel to quickly move away from the Depot Charge Box if there is an emergency when the door is open. CAUTION Warranty Installation and commissioning work must be carried out by certified personnel. The warranty will be void if any work carried out by non- certified personnel. Un-authorized modifications of hardware will void units warranty and service support. 1.5. Environment and disposal of waste CAUTION Always observe the local rules and regulations with respect to processing (non-reusable) parts of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger. 1.6. Cyber Security Disclaimer This product is designed to be connected to and to communicate information and data via a network interface. It is customer's sole responsibility to provide and continuously ensure a secure connection between the product and customer network or any other network (as the case may be). Customer shall establish and maintain any appropriate measures (such as but not limited to the installation of firewalls, application of authentication measures, encryption of data, installation of anti-virus programs, etc.) to protect the product, the network, its system and the interface against any kind of security breaches, unauthorized access, interference, intrusion, leakage and/or theft of data or information. ABB Ltd and its affiliates are not liable for damages and/or losses related to such security breaches, any unauthorized access, interference, intrusion, leakage and/or theft of data or information. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 12 of 113 1.7. Contact information ABB in your country Please contact ABB in your country for delivery and service information. ABB EV Infrastructure global ABB EV Infrastructure Address Delftweg 65 2289 BA Rijswijk The Netherlands Telephone +31 88 440 46 00 Mail info.evi@nl.abb.com Write down here your local ABB contact details: DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 13 of 113 2. Description of the product 2.1. Overview of the system Example of a complete installation A Low voltage power distribution cabinet of the owner B Power Cabinet – 100 kW or 150 kW (HVC 100 or HVC 150) C Depot Charge Boxes (up to 3 per Power Cabinet with sequential charging) D Cables between Power Cabinet and Depot Charge Boxes in cable conduits E Electric hybrid and/or full electric Bus F Bus stop space for charging The HVC-C 100/150 kW E-Bus Charger consists out of multiple components and it may require additional parts depending on the project and location of installation which dictates whether these parts are needed. ABB offers four standard delivery system configurations: 1. Standard HVC-C 100 E-Bus Charger with one Depot Charge Box. 2. Standard HVC-C 100 E-Bus Charger with two or three Depot Charge Boxes. 3. Standard HVC-C 150 E-Bus Charger with one Depot Charge Box. 4. Standard HVC-C 150 E-Bus Charger with two or three Depot Charge Boxes. Additional needed components can be ordered separately and are not part of the standard delivery. See section Accessories on Page 17. 2.1.1. Standard HVC-C 100 E-Bus Charger with one Depot Charge Box The following parts are provided for this system configuration: • 1x HVC 100 Power Cabinet 2 (ABB6AGC073513) • 1x Depot Charge Box (ABB6AGC073079) or 1x Depot Charge Box with long cable (ABB6AGC072866) 2 For Canada, the HVC 100 CsA (ABB6AGC081437) is delivered. This Power Cabinet is suitable for 600 VAC 3P grid connection. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 14 of 113 2.1.2. Standard HVC-C 100 E-Bus Charger with two or three Depot Charge Boxes The following parts are provided for this system configuration: • 1x HVC 100 Power Cabinet 3 (ABB6AGC073513) • 2x or 3x Depot Charge boxes (ABB6AGC073079, with long cable version ABB6AGC072866) • HVC-C sequential charging package (ABB6AGC069251) 2.1.3. Standard HVC-C 150 E-Bus Charger with one Depot Charge Box The following parts are provided for this system configuration: • 1x HVC 150 Power Cabinet 4 (ABB6AGC070558) • 1x Depot Charge Box (ABB6AGC073079) or 1x Depot Charge Box with long cable (ABB6AGC072866) 2.1.4. Standard HVC-C 150 E-Bus Charger with two or three Depot Charge Boxes The following parts are provided for this system configuration: • 1x HVC 150 Power Cabinet4 (ABB6AGC070558) • 2x or 3x Depot Charge boxes (ABB6AGC073079, with long cable version ABB6AGC072866) • HVC-C sequential charging package (ABB6AGC069251) 3 For Canada, the HVC 100 CsA (ABB6AGC081437) is delivered. This Power Cabinet is suitable for 600 VAC 3P grid connection. 4 For Canada, the HVC 150 CsA (ABB6AGC082951) is delivered. This Power Cabinet is suitable for 600 VAC 3P grid connection. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 15 of 113 2.1.5. HVC Power Cabinet Outside view of the HVC 100 5/150 Power Cabinet A Base cover D 3G Antenna B Air outlet E Air inlets (also on the left and back side) C Door F Door handle / lock Inside view of the HVC 100/150 Power Cabinet A AC Fuses E Display B AC Power connection F Power Modules (only two are C Guidance plate of the cables installed in the HVC 100). D Data/communication connection 5 Two 50 kW Power Modules installed in the cabinet instead of three. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 16 of 113 2.1.6. Depot Charge Box Outside view of the Depot Charge Box A Door E Hanging bracket for charge cable B Emergency stop button (EMO) F CCS DC plug and cable C Stop button G Lock D Cable in-/output H Charge state indicator light (beacon) Inside view of the Depot Charge Box A Communication connection B Connection block C Protection cover for DC contactors DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 17 of 113 2.2. Accessories The following parts can be ordered at the time of the initial order or afterwards. Contact ABB Sales department (see Contact information on Page 12 for contact details). 2.2.1. Foundation for Power Cabinet Metal frame foundation The metal frame foundation can be used to install the Power Cabinet on a solid surface. A Foundation B Front border cover C Rear border cover Amount Part number Description 1 2CEB489802R0001 HPC175-HVC150 MET FOUND KIT 8IN - NAM DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 18 of 113 2.2.2. Pedestal for Depot Charge Box The pedestal can be used to attach the Depot Charge Box in an open space when the Depot Charge Box is not being mount on a wall. Amount Part number Description 1 3ACD528400012 – 6AGC069024-R CHARGER PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY 2.2.3. Cable retractor for charger pedestal (Optional) Amount Part number Description 1 XT4 - BUS RETRACTOR NOTE: Cable retractor is not included in pedestal product 2.2.4. Junction Box for metal conduit of wall mount installations (Optional) A Junction Box enclosure B Junction Box Cover C Plastic Gaskets D M5 nuts Amount Part number Description 1 6AGC105817 Depot Junction Box DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 19 of 113 2.2.5. Communication glass fiber cable The CAN/Ethernet communication between the Power Cabinet and Depot Charge Box and the CAN communication between the Depot Charge Boxes is done via a glass fiber cable. This glass fiber cable must be prefabricated and can be ordered separately. Gland dimensions listed in section Gland layout of the Depot Charge Box on Page 85 must be followed. Please note that special precautions should be taken, so that prefabricated fiber optic cable will pass through the gland (for example order cable with M32 gland assembled on it). Another alternative could be to crimp the fiber optic cable on the site after passing through the gland. Cable length must be defined by the contractor performing installation during site survey. A Protection tube for routing the cable through the conduit B Metal finish tulle (clamping area: Ø 0.79 Inch, length 1.97 – 3.15 Inch) C Individual optical fibers (length is 59.10 Inch) Amount Description 1 CAN/Ethernet, OM3 or greater, PCF or fiberglass (multimode, 850 nm) optic cable with 8 fibers (4 for spare), with B-FCO(ST®) connectors. Example: Belden GOSN308 with prefabricated ST connectors. 1 or 2(*) CAN, OM3 or greater, PCF or fiberglass (multimode, 850 nm) optic cable with 4 fibers (2 for spare), with B-FCO(ST®) connectors. Example: Belden GOSN304 with prefabricated ST connectors. (*) only for the charge systems with three Depot Charge Boxes 2.3. Project planning Careful project planning is necessary before a HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger is purchased and put into operation. The different phases of the full project plan are shown in the figure below: DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 20 of 113 A. Preparation The owner / site operator has ordered a HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger. In this phase all preparation work must be done before the contractor can do the civil and electrical works. See About preparation on Page 20. B. Construction The contractor does all civil and electrical works. See About construction on Page 33. C. Placement and Connection The location is mechanically and electrically ready to receive the HVC-C 100/150 E- Bus Charger. See About placement and connection on Page 48. D. Commissioning The delivery department will bring the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger into operation. See Commissioning preparation on Page 98. E. Service and Maintenance The HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger is in operation. There are various options for service and maintenance. See About Service and Maintenance on Page 99. 3. Preparation 3.1. About preparation The planning steps for the preparation phase are shown in the figure below: DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 21 of 113 A1 Ordering Order the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger. A2 Engineering The owner / site operator selects a contractor to do the civil and electrical installation work. The contractor is responsible for all construction documentation of the site, among other things: drawings, calculations, certifications, licenses and test reports. The location of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger must be chosen. See section Location on Page 24 and section Geometry of infrastructure on Page 25. A3 Get permits Take care of all permits and local regulations. See section Permits on Page 22. A4 Upgrade grid If required, upgrade the electrical grid connection to 3-phase 480/277 VAC or 600/347 VAC. See section Upgrade grid on Page 24. A5 Transport Metal Foundation(s) on request If it is necessary to order the Metal Foundation(s), the transport of the foundation(s) must be arranged with the ABB Delivery department. See Contact information on Page 12 for contact. NOTICE It can take a long time to get the necessary permits and to upgrade the electrical grid. Make sure the plan includes the possibility for these delays. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 22 of 113 3.2. Permits The installation of a HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger will require a number of permits, depending on national and local laws. This section lists a number of points of attention. 3.2.1. Power connection The HVC Power Cabinet requires high current (480/277 VAC 132 A for 100 kW and 198 A for 150 kW or for the Canada version 600/347 VAC 106 A for 100 kW or 163 A for 150 kW) connections. A normal domestic or small business power connection is not sufficient. For each Depot Charge Box a standard one phase AC connection (L-N + GND) is required. Measure, check and report the position of the cables between the power distribution board and the Power Cabinet and the cables between the Power Cabinet and the ACS Control Module. Contact your electricity retailer and/or grid owner if a grid upgrade is required. Ask about the work that is needed to upgrade the connection to meet the requirements described in section Electrical installation on Page 30. 3.2.2. Construction permit The installation of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger requires the following construction work: • A solid base. • Work permit. • Cable conduits for cables between the power distribution board and the Power Cabinet. Usually these cable conduits are installed below ground. • Cable conduits for cables between the Power Cabinet and ACS Control Module. • Parking spaces for the bus. • Signs on the road or next to the road to position the bus. Contact your local government to obtain information about the necessary permits. 3.2.3. Internet access ABB requires an internet connection to the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger for remote service operations including, oversight of the product during the warranty period, diagnosis and troubleshooting of issues, and performing software firmware update. If the internet connection to the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger is missing, the product warranty and/or ABB’s service level agreement (SLA) may severely impact or even void. It is the installer’s responsibility to ensure reliable internet connection to the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger. Contingency planning and the associated costs are the responsibility of the installer. There are two options for the internet connection: • Internet Cellular network connection Connection to the charger using the charger’s standard featured hardware with ABB’s Charger Connect service offering, is the preferred method. This solution provides internet access via Vodafone’s 4G LTE wireless network. Vodafone primarily roams on the AT&T and T-Mobile in the USA, while Rogers in Canada. It is expected that a cellular availability test is performed prior to construction to ensure DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 23 of 113 there is reasonable signal quality to at least one of the above-mentioned operators 4G LTE bands 2 (1900 MHz), 4 (1700/2100MHz), or 12 (700 MHz). The signal strength must be greater than -85dbm and should be measured with a cellular network signal meter, such as a Squid-4G or Sure Call device. Handheld mobile phones are not recommended for assessing signal strength since they are not reliable measuring devices. The HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger supports SIM cards provided by ABB only. Any other types of SIM cards are not supported. • Internet via ethernet connection If the cellular connection is not available, ethernet connection must be made to the charger using a shielded 8P+PE ethernet cable with RJ45 connectors. Additional recommendations include: - Maintain distance of 75 meters or less. Distances over 75 meters require a custom engineered solution. - Minimum bandwidth: upload 128 kb/s download:4 Mb/s - 99.9% availability - 600V rated cable that may route beside input power wires for short distances Based on the situation, ABB may require additional commissioning fees if ethernet cable method for establishing internet is used (Ethernet cable has to be run through the primary power cabinet). This option will require some customization. Contact ABB Project Engineer for more details. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 24 of 113 3.3. Upgrade grid The HVC 100 or 150 Power Cabinet can be connected directly to the electrical grid or to an existing customer low voltage power distribution cabinet. In both cases a 198 A, 480/277 VAC or for the Canada version a 163 A, 600/347 VAC, 60 Hz, 3P+GND connection to each Power Cabinet (HVC 150 or HVC 150S) is required. Each Power Cabinet (HVC 150 or HVC 150S) must be compliant with following requirements: • 3 phase 250 A Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI). • Main switch. • GND connected to the main GND rail. • The components used in the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger are suited for a short circuit capacity of 65 kA. • A TN-C earthing system. Possibly an extra 0.9 Ω earth electrode is required, consult the grid owner. • EMC filter is required to meet EMC conducted emission class B: Schaffner type FN 3359HV-400-99. When EMC conducted emission class A is required there is no filter required. • Specifications of the following parts must be determined by your electrical engineer. They depend on local laws, safety and electrical regulations: Adjustable GFCI in the range of 30 mA up to 300 mA. The Power Cabinet has an integrated 300 mA GFCI (Type A) for the power section. UL 1449 Type 1 Surge Protection Device (SPD). The Depot Charge Box can be connected directly to the electrical grid or to an existing customer low voltage power distribution cabinet. In both cases a 2.2 A, 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 1P+GND connection is required. Each Depot Charger Box must be compliant with following requirements: • Single phase16 A type A (30 mA) Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI). • Main switch. • GND connected to the main GND rail. • A TN-S earthing system. Possibly an extra 0.9 Ω earth electrode or local GND is required, consult the grid owner. • The maximum inrush current (100A <5 ms) of Depot Charge Box must be considered during sizing of circuit breaker device if used in distribution cabinet. • Specifications of the following parts must be determined by your electrical engineer based on local laws, safety and electrical regulations: UL 1449 Type 1 Surge Protection Device (SPD). 3.4. Location The location of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger must meet the following requirements: • The charging system should not be installed in the hazardous location identified per the standard ANSI/API RP 500-2012: Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations of Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2. • Altitude is not more than 6561.68 ft above sea level. • The HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger must not be immersed in water, or any other fluid. • The operational temperature of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger is between -35 and 45 ⁰C. For locations where the Power Cabinet will be exposed to direct sunlight and high ambient temperatures for most of the day, it is recommended to install protection from DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 25 of 113 direct sunlight. Otherwise, the temperature inside the cabinet might exceed the maximum temperature. • Do not install or use the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger in areas where there is an explosion hazard. You must provide information about the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger to the fire brigade. • The protection rating of the housing of the Power Cabinet is IP54 and the Depot Charge Box is IP65 (excluding charge cable) and designed for outdoor use. • It is recommended to provide good lighting around the charge system to increase safety. Design and arrange the location around the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger on a matter that the Depot Charge Box and the Power Cabinet are hit by a vehicle is as small as possible. For example, there can be installed bollards (see picture below) and crash protection elements around the Power Cabinet. 3.5. Geometry of infrastructure 3.5.1. Required space for the Power Cabinet A single HVC 150 Power Cabinet requires a minimum space of 46.06 x 81.50 Inch (W x D) or 53.94 x 77.56 Inch (W x D). This space is calculated as follows: • A cabinet footprint of 46.06 x 30.32 Inch. • The following free space around the cabinet: 3.94 Inch at the rear side or 0 Inch at the rear side when both left and right side have a minimum free space of 3.94 Inch. 3.94 Inch or 0 Inch at the left side if another Power Cabinet is placed next to it. 3.94 Inch or 0 Inch at the right side if another Power Cabinet is placed next to it. 47.24 Inch at the front side to open the front door. If the cabinet is placed inside a room, consider extra free space in front of the open door (escape way for service people). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 26 of 113 CAUTION The cabinet needs at least the opening area of the front and rear side with a minimum free distance of 3.94 Inch. This means that cabinets can stand in a row with one or both side entries blocked (distance on left/right side is 0 Inch). It is also possible that the cabinet can stand back-to-back (distance on the rear side is 0 Inch). In this case both side entries must have a minimum free distance of 3.94 Inch. If this is not the case, then the air supply is not sufficient. The HVC 100/150 has air inlets (A) on all sides and air outlet (B) on the front to control the temperature inside the cabinet. Do not install any objects near these air inlets and outlets (see also Caution above). If necessary, take precautions to prevent snow, sand, or dust from blocking the inlets and outlets. Specifications for inside installation of the Power Cabinet • Airflow required for one cabinet = 853.44 CFM. • Maximum allowed pressure drop = 0,0435113 PSI. If the pressure drop of the room is higher than 0,0435113 PSI an extra fan should be placed. Contact ABB Sales department (see Contact information on Page 12 for contact details). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 27 of 113 3.5.2. Placement of multiple cabinets There two possible configurations for the placement of multiple HVC 100/150 systems, see picture below. 3.5.3. Required space for the Depot Charge Box The Depot Charge Box requires a minimum space of 47.24 x 43.70 Inch (W x D). This space is calculated as follows: • A Depot Charge Box footprint of 23.62 x 8.27 Inch (W x D). • The following free space: 0 Inch at the rear side when the Depot Charge Box is directly mounted on a wall or minimum 3.94 Inch at the rear side when the Depot Charge Box is in front of a wall and mounted on the pedestal. 3.94 Inch at the left side. 19.69 Inch at the right side to take out the cable plug. 35.43 Inch at the front side to open the door. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 28 of 113 3.6. Parking space arrangement A site for EV charging can be designed in many different setups. This section is intended to give some useful information about the placement of a charger with respect to parking spaces and the different vehicle inlets for the charging cable. 3.6.1. Cable reach The DC charge cable of the Depot Charge Box is about 11.48 ft long (optional there are a 22.97 ft and a 31.17 ft cable possible). The picture below shows an indication of the reach of the outlet cable with respect to the Depot Charge Box. Here in the center of the picture. 3.6.2. Different alignment possibilities The charge inlets on a bus can be located at different positions. The most common busses have their inlets located either on the front or the back of the bus, or on the left or right front or back side. This makes some positions of the charger with respect to the parking space more favorable than others. Please keep this in mind when designing a site. Some possible situations are shown in the picture that follows. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 29 of 113 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 30 of 113 3.7. Electrical engineering 3.7.1. Electrical installation The electrical installation must be completed according to the local safety and electrical regulations and laws. See section Upgrade grid on Page 24 for the requirements of the electrical connection. A one-line diagram for the electrical connection for the Power Cabinet is shown in the figure that follows. The diameter of the electrical conductor (maximum cross section is 500 MCM) in the AC power cable depends on the length and method of installation. This must be determined by your contractor. There are two options to connect the AC auxiliary power supply for the Depot Charge Boxes to the electrical grid. First option is an individual electrical connection for the Depot Charge Box(es). The one-line diagram is shown below. The second option is to daisy-chained the electrical connection through each Depot Charge Boxes, see the one-line diagram shown below. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 31 of 113 Grounding of Depot Charge Box can be connected from Power Cabinet or from locally available ground connection, such as buried ground electrode. This should be taken into consideration while preparing civil works. 3.8. Civil installation NOTICE The instruction described in this section assumes that the cables between the Power Cabinet and the Depot Charge Box, and between the Depot Charge Boxes are placed into the ground. Depending on the location, for example the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger is installed inside, the cables can be installed above the ground. In this case there is needed cable trays to protect the cables. Check with your local contractor what the installation options are, because this is not described in this Installation Guide. DC power cables, GND wire and data cables must be routed between the Power Cabinet and the Depot Charge Box. Therefore, two flexible cable conduits with an outer diameter of maximum 6.30 Inch must be installed between the foundation of the Power Cabinet and the foundation of the Depot Charge Box(es). The DC power cables must be installed in separate cable conduit with respect to the GND wire, AC auxiliary power and data cables. The maximum length of the cables between the Power Cabinet and the Depot Charge Box is 492.13 ft. Both conduits must be at least 23.62 Inch deep in the ground and must be in one-piece. In the case of HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger with two or three Depot Charge Boxes; DC power cables, AC auxiliary power, GND wire and data cables must be routed between the Depot Charge Boxes. The DC power cables must be installed in separate cable conduit with respect to the AC auxiliary power, GND wire and data cables. The maximum length of the cables between the Depot Charge Boxes is 98.43 ft. Both conduits must be at least 23.62 Inch deep in the ground and must be in one-piece. The AC power cable from the distribution boards can also be installed in a cable conduit (is not mandatory). NOTICE It is recommended to place an extra flexible cable conduit with an outer diameter of 1.58 Inch in the cable conduit intended for the AC utility power cable, GND wire and data cables. This extra cable conduit is meant for the glass fiber cable. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 32 of 113 Example of civil installation when Depot Charge Box(es) are mounted on the pedestal A Foundation of Power Cabinet (for reference only. Not provided by ABB) B Foundation of Depot Charge Box(es) (for reference only. Not provided by ABB) C Flexible conduit for DC power cables D data cables E AC power cable for Power Cabinet F AC auxiliary power cable for Depot Charge Box Example of civil installation when Depot Charge Box is mounted on a wall A Foundation of Power Cabinet (for reference only. Not provided by ABB) B Wall on which the Depot Charge Box will be mounted C Flexible conduit for DC power cables D Flexible conduit for AC auxiliary power, GND wire and data cables E AC power cable for Power Cabinet DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 33 of 113 NOTICE Document the location of all the cables in the ground between the Power Cabinet and the Depot Charge Box(es). The routing of the cables can be found easily in the future, for example, prevent damage by excavation work. NOTICE Concrete foundation for the Power Cabinet and for the Depot Charge Box pedestal are not provided by ABB 3.9. Lightning protection One electrode (ground rod) of maximum 10 Ω must be placed into the earth near the foundation of the Power Cabinet. In some cases, also additional grounding is required at the Depot Charge Box side. This requirement must be determined by the contractor and owner of the site / HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger. NOTICE The implementation of the lightning protection depends on the local laws, safety and electrical regulations. Follow the local, state and NEC code 4. Construction 4.1. About construction The construction phase includes all work required to prepare the location and make it ready for the placement and connection of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger. The construction phase can start when: • All engineering work is done. • All permits are granted. • The grid connection is available. The planning steps for the construction phase are shown in the figure below: DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 34 of 113 B1 Civil engineering works Construction of the foundation. See section Construct foundation of the Power Cabinet on Page 34 and section Mounting preparation of the on Page 39. Installation of the cables. See section Cabling on Page 41. Construction of the bus stop surrounding. See section Geometry of infrastructure on Page 25. B2 Electrical engineering works See section Electrical engineering on Page 30 and section Upgrade grid on Page 24. B3 Internet access (optional) This step can be ignored if the location has sufficient 3G coverage. Otherwise, an Ethernet (RJ45) connection has to be installed. See section Internet connection on Page 47. B4 Transport Arrangement for the delivery of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger with the ABB Delivery department. See Contact information on Page 12 for contact details. The delivery time is at least four months. 4.2. Construct foundation of the Power Cabinet 4.2.1. Options Use the correct foundation for the type of surface that the Power Cabinet will be installed on: • Soil Use a concrete foundation to get a firm fixation on soil. Concrete foundations are not sold separately. Refer to Appendix C for design. • Solid floor 1. Use a metal frame foundation to guide the cables from the cabinet to the cable duct. This foundation can be ordered separately. See section Accessories on Page DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 35 of 113 17. For detail drawings see Appendix E Dimensions metal frame foundation Power Cabinet. 2. The Power Cabinet is installed directly on a solid floor, through which the floor is accessible from below (related to the feed through of the cables). For detail drawings see Appendix A Dimensions Power Cabinet. The cables must be embedded in the ground within cable conduits. See section Cabling on Page 41 and section Civil installation on Page 31. NOTICE It is advised to install traction wires into the conduits to install the electrical cabling afterwards. NOTICE Be aware of the bending radius of the AC power input cables when using the metal frame foundation. This metal frame foundation has a height of 7.09 Inch. 4.2.2. Workflow with prefabricated concrete foundation (For reference only) NOTICE For reference only. ABB does not sell concrete foundations in North America. WARNING Make sure that personnel cannot be crushed or become trapped while moving the foundation. Be aware that the weight of the concrete foundation is about 2866 lb. CAUTION Before you lower the foundation, remove sharp edges of the cable holes (B) in the foundation to protect the cables. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 36 of 113 1. Make a hole in the ground with at least a minimum depth of 34.84 Inch, shown in the figure above. 2. Fill the hole with (minimum) 7.87 Inch lean concrete (C), see figure above. 3. Make sure that the conduits are routed to one of the indicated positions (B). The conduits must come out of the foundation with a length of about 9.84 Inch. 4. Make sure that the AC power cable is routed to one of the indicated positions (B). 5. Lower the foundation (A) into the hole. 6. Make sure that the front top surface of the foundation is at least 0.59 Inch above ground level (see figure above). 7. Make sure that the top surface of the foundation is leveled. 8. Route the conduits through one of the eight holes (B). NOTICE Make sure that the end of the cables conduit are 11.81 to 19.69 Inch above the top of the foundation. 9. The conduits must be installed with a curve inside the foundation in order to prevent water from entering the conduits and seal the space between the conduits and all open holes. 10. Route the AC power cable through one of the eight holes (B). Make sure that a cable length of 39.37 Inch is available above the surface of the foundation for internal routing in the cabinet. NOTICE This extra cable length is required to connect the AC power cable with the connectors in the Power Cabinet without problems. 11. Place both cover plates on the appropriate place on the foundation. 12. Secure the top cover plate with M16 bolts (4x) and the front cover plate with M12 bolts (4x). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 37 of 113 WARNING These cover plates are required to prevent people from falling into the foundation. 13. Fill the open space in the ground around the foundation and the channels for the conduits with filling material (e.g. sand). Filling material is packed 2 – 3 times with a packing machine until the desired ground level is obtained. Avoid having filling material inside the foundation. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 38 of 113 4.2.3. Workflow with metal frame foundation 1. Place the frame (A) in the desired position and mark the position of the holes for drilling. 2. Remove the frame. 3. Drill and tap holes at the marked positions. The holes must be suitable for bolt size M16. 4. Route the cables tray through one of the cable openings (B). 5. Align the frame (A) with the tapped holes. 6. Insert the bolts (C) fitted with the washers (D) into the holes (7x). 7. Tighten the bolts. 8. Route the AC power cable through the left cable opening (B). Make sure that a cable length of 39.37 Inch is available above the floor for internal routing in the cabinet. NOTICE This extra cable length is required to connect the AC power cable with the connectors in the Power Cabinet without problems. NOTICE This extra cable length is required to connect the AC power cable with the connectors in the Power Cabinet without problems. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 39 of 113 4.2.4. Workflow mounting Power Cabinet direct on a floor (footprint) 1. Drill and tap holes in the floor at the indicated positions (A). The holes must be suitable for bolt size M16. 2. Make rectangular holes on the indicated positions (B) and (C). For detail drawings bottom view of Power Cabinet see Appendix A Dimensions Power Cabinet. 3. Make sure that the AC power cable and other cables comes out of the floor within the marked area (B). 4. Make sure that the DC power cables come out of the floor within the marked areas (C). 5. For the AC and DC power cable, make sure that a cable length of 3.28 ft is available above the floor for internal routing in the cabinet. 6. For the other cables, make sure that a cable length of 9.84 ft is available above the floor for internal routing in the cabinet. NOTICE This extra cable length is required to connect the cables with the connectors in the Power Cabinet without problems. NOTICE To prevent dust from entering the tapped holes, it is recommended that you cover them until you are ready to do the placement. Mounting preparation of the Depot Charge Box 4.2.5. Options There are two options to install the Depot Charge Box: • Soil Use the concrete foundation to get a firm fixation on soil in combination with the pedestal. The pedestal can be ordered separately. Concrete foundation can’t be provided by ABB. See section Accessories on Page 17. • Wall mounting The Depot Charge Box can be mounted on a solid wall. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 40 of 113 4.2.6. Workflow for wall mounting Preconditions: • Tools: mark tools, level tool, drilling machine, drill bit (Ø0.39 Inch or Ø0.30 Inch), 4x wall plugs (Ø0.39 Inch, L = 1.97 Inch) NOTICE For a correct operation of the Depot Charge Box, it is important that the cabinet is mounted level. There are two options to mount the Depot Charge Box on a wall: • Using the internal holes of the box itself on the back side. • Using external wall-mounting brackets, see section Error! Reference source not found. on Page 18. 1. Drill holes in the wall at the indicated positions (A) of one of the chosen mounting options (see pictures above). For a concrete or stony wall, the holes must be suitable for a wall plug with a diameter of 0.39 Inch. For a wooden wall, the holes must be suitable for wood- wire-bolt size M8. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 41 of 113 2. In case of a concrete or stony wall, insert wall-plugs (4x) into the holes. NOTICE The activities of installing cable ducts, for the supply of cables for the Depot Charge Box, are entirely dependent of the location, and may differ per location. Due to this reason, the installation of those cable ducts are out of the scope of this Installation Guide. It is the responsibility of the contractor to setup a routing plan for the cable ducts and installing this cable ducts on location. 4.3. Cabling NOTICE ABB recommends the use of crimped lugs for cable connections to Power Cabinet and Charge Post. Mechanical lugs can be used at the discretion of the installer and will be separately provided. CAUTION ABB is not responsible for damage caused to the Charger system due to the use of mechanical lugs and is not covered by the warranty. 4.3.1. Charge system configurations There are various cabling solutions, depending on the installation situation. Overview electrical connections of a charge system with one Depot Charge Box NOTICE Follow the local, state and NEC code. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 42 of 113 Overview electrical connections of a charge system with three Depot Charge Boxes which are individual connected with the (auxiliary) distribution board DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 43 of 113 Overview electrical connections of a charge system with three Depot Charge Boxes which are daisy-chained connected with the (auxiliary) distribution board 4.3.2. AC power cable For Power Cabinet: • Cable type: 3P+GND (optional shielded). • The cable shielding (if present) must be attached to the GND Rail at both ends of the cable. • The cross section of the cable conductor must be determined by your contractor. • The maximum cross section is 500 MCM. • The GND conductor of the power cable must have the same cross section as the phase conductors. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 44 of 113 For Depot Charge Box: • Cable type: 1P+N+GND. • The GND conductor of the power cable must have the same cross section as the phase conductors. • 1x GND cable (optional, local GND or lighting protection, see section Grounding of Depot Charge Boxes on Page 44). • This cable can be connected directly from AC distribution to each Depot Charge Box or can be routed in daisy-chain mode. 4.3.3. Cables between the Power Cabinet and the Depot Charge Box • 2x DC power cables, • 0 – 3x GND cable (refer to section Grounding of Depot Charge Boxes on Page 44), • 1x Interlock cable, • 1x communication cables; 8x glass fiber (4 fibers are required, 4 are for spare). Use local regulations and datasheet of the manufacturer to determine the cross section for the DC power cables: • The maximum cross section of the cable conductor is 350 MCM. • Recommended cable for a 150 kW system is 4/0 AWG for a distance of 164 ft, and 350 MCM for a distance of 492 ft (both with a reinforced isolation > 5400 V DC). 4.3.4. Cables between the Depot Charge Boxes • 1x or 2x AC auxiliary power cable (in cast daisy-chain mode is used), • 2x DC power cables, • 1x Interlock cable, • 1x Ethernet cable, • 1x Communication cables; 4x glass fiber (2 fibers are required, 2 are for spare). NOTICE For detailed information about type of glass fiber cable which are needed, see Communication glass fiber cable on Page 19. 4.3.5. Grounding of Depot Charge Boxes • GND must be connected to each of the Depot Charge Boxes by 2 AWG cable. • Grounding scheme is dependent on layout of specific installation site and contracted electrical company should define detailed design of grounding installation. Local legal requirements must be followed. Following options of providing GND to Depot Charge Box are proposed. GND may be connected from locally available ground connection next to the Depot Charge Box GND may be routed from Power Cabinet or distribution board via cable conduits. In that scenario each Depot Charge Box should have dedicated GND cable. • There is one 2 AWG gland in Depot Charge Box used for guiding GND cable to GND connection point inside the box. Daisy-chaining of ground signal via Depot Charge Box is not allowed. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 45 of 113 • If Depot Charge Box is installed on the pedestal or any other metal construction which must be grounded, there are two 6 AWG glands available to connect GND of Depot Charge Box enclosure to the metal frame. NOTICE For the overview of the grounding of the system, see Appendix G Ground overview of the system on Page 112. 4.3.6. Optional external interface cables There is the possibility to connect an external Beacon light, Stop button and/or Emergency stop button (EMO) to the Depot Charge Box. Optional external interface Requirements Beacon light 24VDC Three colors Common plus (NPN control) Max 300mA per one color Stop button 1x NO (normally open) Contacts <1A, 24VDC is sufficient (just control) Momentary action Can be equipped with background light 24VDC Emergency stop button (EMO) 2x NC (normally closed) • 1x Ext. Beacon cable, • 1x Ext. Stop button cable, • 1x Ext. EMO cable. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 46 of 113 4.3.7. Cable specification list Tables below provides general specifications for the needed cables. Use these tables to select cables, taking into account local installation conditions, cable length, cable temperature rating, losses and local regulations. AC and DC power cables Functional description DC Power cable GND cable AC auxiliary power cable Number of cores 1 1 4 Cross section 3/0 AWG – 350 MCM 2 AWG 14 AWG Min – Max external diameter to fit through gland 0.87 – 1.26 Inch 0.51 – 0.83 Inch 0.20 – 0.39 Inch Shielding No No No Conductor Tinned copper or aluminum conductor, fine wire stranded acc. to VDE 0295 cl.5/IEC Cl.5 Fine strand copper wire acc. to VDE 0295 Cl. 5/ IEC 60228 Cl. 5 Bare copper, fine wired, bunch stranded acc. to VDE 0295 Cl.5/IEC Cl.5 Insulation Special rubber or PVC (outdoor use, UV- protected, oil resistant) Special PVC (outdoor use, UV-protected, oil resistant) Special PVC (outdoor use, UV- protected, oil resistant) Minimum Nominal Voltage Uo/U 600/1000 VAC 900/1500 VDC 600 VAC 600 VAC Minimum Test Voltage [AC] 6 kV 4 kV 4 kV Ambient Temperature range -40ºC to 105ºC, permissible conductor operating temperature +90°C -40ºC to 105ºC -40ºC to 105ºC Core identification gn/ye or gn Color for US Acc. to US National Electrical Code and for Canada Acc. to the CEC (Canadian Electric Code) DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 47 of 113 Data cables Functional description Interlock cable Ethernet (S/FTP, CAT6/CAT5e) Ext. Beacon cable Ext. Stop button cable Ext. EMO cable Number of cores 4 8 4 2 4 Twisted pairs Yes (2 x 2) Yes (4 x 2) No No No Cross section 18 – 14 AWG 24 – 18 AWG 20 – 18 AWG 20 – 18 AWG 20 – 18 AWG Min – Max external diameter to fit through gland 0.32 – 0.35 Inch 0.20 – 0.39 Inch 0.20 – 0.24 Inch 0.20 – 0.24 Inch 0.20 – 0.24 Inch Shielding Yes (tinned copper braid) Yes (tinned copper braid) No No No Conductor Fine strand copper wire Fine strand copper wire Fine strand copper wire Fine strand copper wire Fine strand copper wire Insulation PVC or other material that can be used outdoor and are UV- protected PVC or other material that can be used for industrial and outdoor applications, and are UV-protected PVC or other material that can be used for industrial and outdoor applications, and are UV- protected PVC or other material that can be used for industrial and outdoor applications, and are UV- protected PVC or other material that can be used for industrial and outdoor applications, and are UV- protected Minimum Test Voltage [AC] 1.5 kV 700 V 2 kV – 4 kV 2 kV – 4 kV 2 kV – 4 kV Ambient Temperature range -40ºC to 80ºC -40ºC to 80ºC -40ºC to 80ºC -40ºC to 80ºC -40ºC to 80ºC Core identification Acc. to DIN 47100 TIA/EIA-568-B.1- 2001 T568A Numbering or color Numbering or color Numbering or color • Important: all cables must be resistant to being placed in the ground, submerged in conduit. • All cables must have and isolation that are self-extinguishing and flame retardant according to UL VW-1, CSA FT1. • All cables must be must meet the UL and the RoHS compliance. • The identity and/or function of the cable must be marked on every 78.74 Inch of the cable and on both ends. 4.4. Internet connection In most cases the integrated 3G modem is used for wireless internet access. A customer SIM card is not required. If there is no 3G signal available, a standard wired internet connection is required. For this option, contact ABB Project Engineer (see Contact information on Page 12 for contact details). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 48 of 113 5. Placement and Connection 5.1. About placement and connection When the construction phase is finished, the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger can be placed and connected. The planning steps for the placement and connection phase are shown in the figure below. Usually the procedure can be done within one day. C1 Route the cables on Page 49. C2 Unpack on Page 49. C3 Move Power Cabinet to position on Page 51 and Install Power Cabinet onto the foundation on Page 54. C4 Connect AC power cable and GND wires Power Cabinet on Page 61, Connect the DC power cables Power Cabinets on Page 66, Connect the Interlock cable on Page 69 and Connect the communication cable Power Cabinet on Page 70. C5 Unpack the Depot Charge on Page 73. C6 Install Depot Charge Box onto on Page 74 or Install Depot Charge Box onto wall on Page 80. C7 Connect cables Depot Charge Box on Page 85. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 49 of 113 5.2. Route the cables 1. Unpack the cables. See Cabling on Page 42 for details which cables must be used. 2. Route the DC power cables through cable conduit. 3. Route the AC utility power, GND wire and Interlock cable through cable conduit. 4. Route the communication glass fiber cable through cable conduit. CAUTION To prevent damage to the glass fiber optic cable, a minimum of two persons is required to route the glass fiber cable through the conduit. One person for pulling, the other person to guide the glass fiber cable. Ensure that the glass fiber cable is carefully rolled out before it is pulled through the conduit, and do not use large traction forces, this can damage the glass fiber cable. 8. For the DC power cables, make sure that a cable length of 39.37 Inch and 59.06 Inch is available above the surface for internal routing respectively in the Power Cabinet and in the Depot Charge Box. 9. For the other cables, make sure that a cable length of 118 Inch is available above the surface for internal routing in the Power Cabinet and Depot Charge Box. NOTICE This extra cable length is required to connect the cables with the connectors in the Power Cabinet and Depot Charge Box without problems. 5.3. Unpack Power Cabinet 5.3.1. Before unpacking NOTICE Unloading Power Cabinet The delivery truck only unloads the pallet carrying the Power Cabinet. The delivery truck will not move the Power Cabinet to its final location. The placement of the Power Cabinet to its final location is the responsibility of the contractor. Upon request it is possible to order a truck with a crane. CAUTION Do not pollute the environment with plastic and cardboard packing. Depollute these things according the regional applicable regulations as well as environment friendly. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 50 of 113 Preconditions: • All construction work is completed. • The product is delivered by a transport company at the confirmed date of delivery. 1. Make sure that the Power Cabinet has not been shaken or tilted over 30⁰. 5.3.2. Remove packaging Preconditions • Tools: wrench (size 24). 1. Remove the packaging material from the Power Cabinet. 2. Remove the bag which contain the keys, cover caps and mounting material that are attached with tape on one of the lifting eyebolts at the top of the cabinet. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 51 of 113 3. Keep this bag with parts in a safe place. 4. Remove the nuts (A) at the four corners. 5.4. Move Power Cabinet to position There are two options to move the Power Cabinet from the delivery truck to the location. • Use a hoist to lift the cabinet from the top. See Move cabinet with a hoist on Page 52. • Use a forklift truck to lift the cabinet from the bottom. See Move cabinet with a forklift truck on Page 53. Preconditions: • All packaging material is removed from the Power Cabinet. • The two cover plates are removed from the foundation. • The tapped holes of the foundation are free from dust. If necessary, clean the holes with a vacuum cleaner. Use a thread tap to make sure that the bolts will go in smoothly. DANGER Make sure that the main switch of the power supply group for the product is set to the OFF position. Do a voltage check to make sure that the electrical power is disconnected from the system. Secure against resetting. WARNING Make sure that personnel cannot be crushed or become trapped while moving the Power Cabinet. CAUTION Warranty Damage due to moving the Power Cabinet to its position is not covered by the warranty. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 52 of 113 CAUTION Do not use a compressor to clean the Power Cabinet. Use a vacuum cleaner. 1. Use one of the two options to move the Power Cabinet to the foundation. 2. When the Power Cabinet is about 20 Inch above its location, continue the installation procedure with Install Power Cabinet onto the foundation on Page 54. 5.4.1. Move cabinet with a hoist A Swivel eye bolts (standard delivered with the cabinet) B Lifting loops C Hoisting equipment Preconditions: • A minimum of two persons is required: one person to operate the hoisting equipment, the other person to guide the Power Cabinet to its location. • Use M16 swivel eye bolts (A) or M16 bolts with lifting loops (B). 1. Insert the bolts (A) or (B) into the holes at the opposite corners of the cabinet, if not placed upon delivery. 2. Tighten the bolts. 3. Connect the hoisting equipment (C). CAUTION Keep the hoisting angle below 60⁰. 4. Move the Power Cabinet to the foundation. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 53 of 113 5.4.2. Move cabinet with a forklift truck Preconditions: • A minimum of two persons is required: one person to operate the forklift truck, the other person to guide the Power Cabinet to its location. 1. Place wooden slats with a thickness of about 0.39 to 0.59 Inch and a width equal to the width of the fork of the forklift truck on both forks. 2. Move the forks of the forklift truck next the gaps at the rear of the Power Cabinet. 3. Move the Power Cabinet to the foundation. NOTICE The use of the fork slides is mandatory. The distance between the outer side of the forks need to be 36.61 Inch, lifting the cabinet outside the fork slides is NOT allowed and will damage the cabinet. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 54 of 113 5.5. Install Power Cabinet onto the foundation 5.5.1. Connect Power Cabinet to foundation Preconditions: • Tools: wrench (size 24). • Cover caps (4x) that were removed from the Power Cabinet (bag with parts). • The Power Cabinet is about 20 Inch above its location. DANGER Make sure that the main switch of the power supply group for the product is set to the OFF position. Do a voltage check to make sure that the electrical power is disconnected from the system. Secure against resetting. WARNING Make sure that personnel cannot be crushed or become trapped while moving the Power Cabinet. Placement on concrete foundation A Foundation B Power Cabinet C Cables D Tapped holes DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 55 of 113 Placement on metal frame foundation A Foundation B Power Cabinet C Cables D Tapped holes 1. Carefully lower the Power Cabinet (B) onto the foundation (A). 2. Make sure that you do not trap the cables (C). 3. Make sure that the cabinet is aligned with the tapped holes (D). 4. Insert the M16 bolts (A) fitted with the washers into the holes in the corners (4x). NOTICE A minimum of three M16 bolts are need to applied to securely mount the Power Cabinet onto the foundation. In case of placing two Power Cabinets next to each other and (3.94 Inch distance) against the wall, then one Power Cabinet can be secured by three M16 bolts on to the foundation. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 56 of 113 5. Tighten the bolts with a tightening torque of 147.51 ft-lb. 6. Remove the swivel eye bolts or lifting loops (A). 7. Place the cover caps (B) in the holes (4x). 5.5.2. Open the door of the Power Cabinet Preconditions: • Key that was removed from the Power Cabinet (bag with parts). 1. Unlock the handle (B) 2. Use the handle (B) to open the door (A). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 57 of 113 5.5.3. Move the sliding plate of the guidance plates of the cabinet Preconditions: • Tools: wrench (size 13). 1. Loosen the bolts (A). 2. Move the sliding plate (B) of the 2 guidance plates. 5.5.4. Route cables through guidance plates 1. Route the cables (A) through the right guidance plates (B). 2. Make sure that there is sufficient cable length to reach the connectors at the top of the cabinet. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 58 of 113 NOTICE A length of 118 Inch is required, because the connection of the cables with the connectors in the Power Cabinet is at the middle of the cabinet. 5.5.5. Move sliding plates of the guidance plates of the cabinet Preconditions: • Tools: wrench (size 13). 1. Move the sliding plates (B). 2. Tighten the bolts (A). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 59 of 113 5.5.6. Install border covers of the Power Cabinet Preconditions: • Tools: wrench (size 8 and 10). • M6 nuts and washers (4x) that were removed from the Power Cabinet (bag with parts). • M5 bolts (4x) that were removed from the Power Cabinet (bag with parts). 1. Put the front cover (A) against the bottom front of the Power Cabinet by aligning the four bolts at the back side of the front cover (A) with the holes in the bottom front. 2. Insert the M6 nut and washer (C) onto the bolts of the front cover (A) (4x). 3. Tighten the nuts. 4. Put the rear cover (B) against the rear front of the Power Cabinet. 5. Insert the M5 bolts (D) into the holes (4x). 6. Tighten the bolts. 5.5.7. Install border covers of metal frame foundation NOTICE Only applicable when the Power Cabinet is placed on a metal frame foundation. The supplied front and rear cover on the Power Cabinet are not used in this case. Preconditions: • Tools: wrench (size 8) DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 60 of 113 1. Put the front border cover (A) against the bottom front of the Power Cabinet. 2. Put the rear border cover (B) against the rear front of the Power Cabinet. 3. Insert the M5 bolts (C) into the holes (8x). 4. Tighten the bolts. 5.5.8. Install front cover plate on foundation NOTICE Only applicable when the Power Cabinet is placed on a concrete foundation. Preconditions: • Tools: wrench (size 19) 1. Place the front cover plate (B) on the foundation (A). 2. Make sure that the front cover plate (B) is aligned with the tapped holes within the foundation. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 61 of 113 3. Insert the M12 bolts (C) into the holes (4x). 4. Tighten the bolts. 5.6. Connect AC power cable and GND wires Power Cabinet 5.6.1. Remove the protection covers Preconditions: • Tools: cross-head screwdriver 1. Remove the protection plate (A) by loosening the screws (B). 2. Put the protection plate and screws in a safe location as it will be installed again later on. 3. Remove the 3 protection covers (D) from the connector blocks (C). 4. Put the protection covers in a safe location as it will be installed again later. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 62 of 113 5.6.2. Connect the GND wire of the AC power cable Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, wire-end ring, wrench (size 19), torque wrench (size 19). DANGER Make sure that the main switch of the power supply group for the product is set to the OFF position. Do a voltage check to make sure that the electrical power is disconnected from the system. Secure against resetting. 1. Make a loop in the GND wire. NOTICE For safety, it is recommended to make a loop in the GND wire, so it is longer than the phase wires. This loop makes sure that the GND wire is not the first wire that is disconnected if the Power Cabinet is moved by a collision. 2. Cut the GND wire of the AC power cable to the correct length to reach the GND rail. Do not make the wire routing too tight, or too loose. 3. Strip 0.79 Inch of the insulation from the end of the GND wire. 4. Attach a wire end ring (A) to the end of the GND wire (B). 5. Remove the M12 bolt, nut and washers from the GND rail. 6. Fit the bolt (C) with toothed washer (D), the GND wire (B) and the contact washer (E). 7. Insert the bolt fitted with the GND wire into the GND rail. 8. Screw from the bottom of the GND rail a toothed washer (D) and a nut (F) on the bolt (C) 9. Tighten the bolt/nut connection with a tightening torque of 22 ft-lb. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 63 of 113 5.6.3. Connect the AC power cable Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, wrench (size 19), torque wrench (size 19). DANGER Make sure that the main switch of the power supply group for the product is set to the OFF position. Do a voltage check to make sure that the electrical power is disconnected from the system. Secure against resetting. 1. Cut the wires of the AC power cable to the correct lengths to reach the connectors. Do not make the wire routing too tight, or too loose. 2. Strip 0.79 Inch of the insulation from the ends of the wires (B). 3. Attach wire end rings (A) at the end of the wires. 4. Remove the nuts and washers (C) from the bolts (M12) of connector block (D). 5. Insert the 3 wires (B) with the nuts and washers onto the bolts of connector block (D). • From left to right: L1 (brown), L2 (orange), L3 (yellow). 6. Tighten the nuts (C) with a tightening torque of 22 ft-lb. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 64 of 113 5.6.4. Install the protection covers Preconditions: • Tools: cross-head screwdriver 1. Take the 3 protection covers that was removed in Remove the protection covers on Page 61. 2. Place the protection covers (D) back on the connector blocks (C). 3. Take the protection plate and the screws that were removed in Remove the protection covers on Page 61. 4. Place the protection plate (A) back over the fuses and connector blocks and secure the plate by the screws (B). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 65 of 113 WARNING Leave the main switch switched off. The Power Cabinet is not ready for use yet. If there is no appointment for commissioning yet, contact the ABB Delivery department to make an appointment for commissioning. See Contact information on Page 12 for contact details. 5.6.5. Install lightning protection (optional) Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, wire-end ring, wrench (size 19), torque wrench (size 19). 1. Cut the wire of the lightning protection cable to the correct length to reach the GND rail. Do not make the wire routing too tight, or too loose. 2. Strip 0.79 Inch of the insulation from the end of the wire. 3. Attach a wire end ring (A) to the end of the lightning protection wire (B). 4. Remove the M12 bolt, nut and washers from the GND rail. 5. Fit the bolt (C) with toothed washer (D), the lightning protection wire (B) and the contact washer (E). 6. Insert the bolt fitted with washers and the lightning protection wire into the GND rail. 7. Screw from the bottom of the GND rail a toothed washer (D) and a nut (F) on the bolt (C) 8. Tighten the bolt/nut connection with a tightening torque of 22 ft-lb. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 66 of 113 5.6.6. Connect the GND wire(s) to the Depot Charge Box(s) Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, wire-end ring, wrench (size 19), torque wrench (size 19). 1. Cut the GND wire of the power cable to the correct length to reach the GND rail. Do not make the wire routing too tight, or too loose. 2. Strip 0.79 Inch of the insulation from the end of the GND wire. 3. Attach a wire end ring (A) to the end of the GND wire (B). 4. Remove the M12 bolt, nut and washers from the GND rail. 5. Fit the bolt (C) with toothed washer (D), the GND wire (B) and the contact washer (E). 6. Insert the bolt fitted with the GND wire into the GND rail. 7. Screw from the bottom of the GND rail a toothed washer (D) and a nut (F) on the bolt (C) 8. Tighten the bolt/nut connection with a tightening torque of 22 ft-lb. 5.7. Connect the DC power cables Power Cabinets Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, cable lugs (eg. Cembre A48-M12 cable lug, when using 500 MCM cables) (6x), wrench (size 19), torque wrench (size 19), cross- head screwdriver. DANGER Make sure that the main switch of the power supply group for the product is set to the OFF position. Do a voltage check to make sure that the electrical power is disconnected from the system. Secure against resetting. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 67 of 113 5.7.1. Remove the protection cover 1. Remove the protection plate (A) by loosening the screws (B) (4x). 2. Put the protection plate and screws in a safe location as it will be installed again later on. 5.7.2. Connect the DC power cables 1. Cut the wires of the DC power cable to the correct lengths to reach the connectors. Do not make the wire routing too tight, or too loose. 2. Strip the insulation on the required length specified by the used lug from the end of the wire (B). 3. Attach cable lug (A) at the end of the wires. 4. Remove the nuts and washers (C) from the bolts (M12) of connector block (D) and (E). 5. Insert the DC+ wire (marked by red heat-shrink) with the nuts and washers onto the bolts of pin 1 of the connector block (D). 6. Insert the DC- wire with the nuts and washers onto the bolts of pin 1 of the connector block (E). 7. Tighten the nuts (C) with a tightening torque of 22 ft-lb. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 68 of 113 5.7.3. Install the protection cover 1. Take the protection plate that was removed in Remove the protection cover on Page 67. 2. Place the protection plate (A) back over the DC connector blocks and secure the plate by the screws (B) (4x). 5.8. Interlock cable Power Cabinet Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, screwdriver, ferrules, crimp pliers. DANGER Make sure that the main switch of the power supply group for the product is set to the OFF position. Do a voltage check to make sure that the electrical power is disconnected from the system. Secure against resetting. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 69 of 113 5.8.1. Route the cable to the terminal blocks Preferred cable route Route the Interlock cable to the terminal block (A). Refer to the figure for the preferred cable route inside the cabinet. 5.8.2. Connect the Interlock cable DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 70 of 113 A Terminal block B Interlock cable 1. Move the cable towards the terminal block (A). 2. Strip 0.43 Inch of the insulation from the ends of only the White and Brown wire! 3. Crimp a ferrule onto the end of the White and Brown wire. 4. Ensure that the unused wires, the Green and Yellow wire, are protected so that they cannot touch metal parts. 5. Loosen the connector screws. 6. Insert the wires into the connectors, see table below: Functional description Connector Wire number Interlock In X286-15 Brown Interlock Out X286-14 White Interlock GND X286 Shield Interlock loop X286-6 Black Interlock loop X286-7 Black Interlock loop X286-10 Black Interlock loop X286-11 Black See also Appendix F Signal connection diagram. 7. Tighten the connector screws with a tightening torque of 1.0 ft-lb. 5.9. Connect the communication cable Power Cabinet Preconditions: • Tools: tak-ty (Hook and Loop Cable Tie Mounts) or ty-rap cable tie. 5.9.1. Route the cable to the terminal blocks Preferred cable route Route the communication fiber cable to module D1 (B) and D2 (A). Refer to the figure for the preferred cable route inside the cabinet. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 71 of 113 5.9.2. Connect the communication fiber cables 1. Remove the protection covers from the optical connectors. 2. Connect the two Ethernet fiber cables (C) onto the module D2 (A): • Rx (Optical 2) with Td D2 • Tx (Optical 1) with Rd D2 3. Connect the two CAN bus fiber cables (D) onto module D1 (B): • Rx (Optical 2) with Td D1 • Tx (Optical 1) with Rd D1 NOTICE Four fiber cables are not connected. Those fiber cables are meant for spare. 4. Bind the cables together and secure the loops loosely with a tak-ty (Hook and Loop Cable Tie Mounts) or ty-rap cable tie. CAUTION Make the loop bend radius of the fiber cables not smaller than 2.52 Inch, otherwise the core of the fiber cable may break. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 72 of 113 5.10. Close the door of the Power Cabinet Preconditions: • Key that were removed from the Power Cabinet 1. Close the door (A). 2. Lock the handle (B). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 73 of 113 5.11. Unpack the Depot Charge Box 5.11.1. Before unpacking CAUTION Do not pollute the environment with plastic and cardboard packing. Depollute these things according the regional applicable regulations as well as environment friendly. Preconditions: • All construction work is completed. • The product is delivered by a transport company at the confirmed date of delivery. 1. Check the box for damages. 5.11.2. Remove packaging Preconditions: • The installation work must be carried out by at least two persons. WARNING Make sure that personnel cannot be crushed or become trapped while moving the Depot Charge Box (and pedestal) out of the box. CAUTION Warranty Damage due to moving the Depot Charge Box and pedestal out of the box is not covered by the warranty. 1. Unpack Depot Charge Box. 2. Remove the bag (B) which contain the keys, cover caps and mounting material. The bag is attached with tape to one of the cable holders (A). 3. Lift the Depot Charge Box out of the box. 4. Place the Depot Charge Box on the ground with its top facing up. 5. Remove all protective foam from the Depot Charge Box. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 74 of 113 Next steps are only applicable when the Depot Charge Box will be installed on a pedestal. 6. Unpack pedestal. 7. Remove the cover (E) from the wooden box. 8. Lift the pedestal out of the box. 9. Place the pedestal on the ground on a protective surface with its top facing up. CAUTION To prevent damage to the paint layer of the pedestal, always place the pedestal on a protective surface that provides sufficient protection against scratches and other damage. ABB is not responsible for causing damage to the pedestal during unpacking of the pedestal. 10. Remove all protective foam from the pedestal. 5.12. Install Depot Charge Box onto Pedestal 5.12.1. Connect Pedestal to foundation Preconditions: • All packaging material is removed from the Pedestal. • A minimum of two persons is required. • Tools: torx screwdriver (size TT20), wrench (size 19). D E DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 75 of 113 1. Remove the front cover plate (A) from the Pedestal (B) by loosen the bolts (C) (6x). 2. Put the front cover plate (A) and the bolts (C) in a safe location as it will be installed again later on. 3. Carefully position the Pedestal (B) next to the foundation (D). 4. Pull the cables (E) through the opening (F). 6. Erect the Pedestal (B). NOTICE This must be carried out by two persons, who tilt the pedestal at one side. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 76 of 113 6. Make sure that the pedestal’s bow (G) is aligned with the tapped holes in the beam (H). 7. Insert M12 x 3.54 Inch bolts (I) fitted with washers (J) into the holes (3x). 8. Tighten the bolts with a tightening torque of 13 ft-lb. 9. To be compliant to NEC standards cables inside the pedestal must be protected using glass fiber braided sleeve coated with silicone rubber (L). The braided sleeve must: - have an insulation capacity of 1.5kV - be placed in each single cable inside the pedestal - protect the cables starting from the concrete basement till the cable glands of Depot Charge Box DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 77 of 113 6.1.1. Mounting Depot Charge Box onto Pedestal Preconditions: • All packaging material is removed from the Pedestal. • A minimum of two persons is required. • Tools: torx screwdriver (size TT20), wrench (size 13). WARNING Make sure that personnel cannot be crushed or become trapped while moving the Depot Charge Box. CAUTION Warranty Damage due to moving the Depot Charge Box to its position is not covered by the warranty. CAUTION Do not use a compressor to clean the Depot Charge Box. Use a vacuum cleaner. 1. Open the door of the Depot Charge Box. 2. Carefully place the Depot Charge Box against the Pedestal. 3. Make sure that the Depot Charge Box is aligned with the holes in the metal plate of the Pedestal. 4. Insert the M8 bolts (D) and washers (B) into the holes at the back side of the Pedestal (4x). 5. Insert the M8 nuts (A), washer (B) and sealing washer (C) from the inside of the box onto the bolts (D) (4x). 6. Tighten the bolts/nuts with a tightening torque of 7 – 11 ft-lb. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 78 of 113 6.1.2. Install cord retractor system for Depot charge pedestal 1. Bolt the retractor mounting bracket onto the pedestal using the three (3) existing pedestal holes, leave the bolts slightly loose to allow for step 6. 2. Slide the cord retractor down, inside the bracket 3. Untie the cord from the cord retractor DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 79 of 113 4. Attach the cord clamp at the approximate mid-point of the cord, leave the hardware loose. 5. Adjust the retractor height and then tighten the three (3) bracket bolts – the retractor can bottom out in bracket, or it can slide up until just below where the bottom of the retractor becomes visible at the bottom bracket oval. 6. Adjust the cord clamp position to the final desired spot 7. Tighten the cord clamp DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 80 of 113 6.2. Install Depot Charge Box onto wall Preconditions: • All packaging material is removed from the Depot Charge Box. • A minimum of two persons is required. • Tools: wrench (size 13). WARNING Make sure that personnel cannot be crushed or become trapped while moving the Depot Charge Box. CAUTION Warranty Damage due to moving the Depot Charge Box to its position is not covered by the warranty. CAUTION Do not use a compressor to clean the Depot Charge Box. Use a vacuum cleaner. 6.2.1. Using the wall-mounting brackets The Depot Charge Box can be easily mounted by using the wall-mounting brackets, see Error! Reference source not found. on Page 18. 1. Determine whether the wall-mounting brackets (D) should be mounted horizontally or vertically, see also section Workflow for wall mounting on Page 40. 2. Open the door of the Depot Charge Box. 3. Put the wall-mounting brackets (D) (4x) against the back side of the Depot Charge Box. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 81 of 113 4. Insert the M8 bolt (A), washer (B) and sealing washer (C) from the inside of the box into the holes of the back side into the wall-mounting brackets (D) (4x). 5. Tighten the bolts with a tightening torque of 7 – 11 ft-lb. 6. Close the door of the Depot Charge Box. 7. Carefully place the Depot Charge Box against the wall. 8. Make sure that the Depot Charge Box is aligned with the drilled holes (G) in the wall. 9. Insert the M8 wood-wire-bolts (E) fitted with the washers (F) into the holes of the wall- mounting brackets (D) (4x). 10. Tighten the wood-wire-bolts with a tightening torque of 7 – 11 ft-lb. 6.2.2. Direct wall mounting 1. Open the door of the Depot Charge Box. 2. Carefully place the Depot Charge Box against the wall. 3. Make sure that the Depot Charge Box is aligned with the drilled holes (D) in the wall. 4. Insert the M8 wood-wire-bolts (A) fitted with the washers (B) and sealing washers (C) into the holes (4x). 5. Tighten the wood-wire-bolts with a tightening torque of 7 – 11 ft-lb. 6. Close the door of the Depot Charge Box. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 82 of 113 6.2.3. Direct wall mounting with Junction box using for metal conduits (Opitonal) Upgrade kit contains: Amount Description 1 Junction box enclosure 1 Nipple treaded M40 1 Nipple treaded M32 2 Nipple treaded M20 4 Lock nut M20x1.5 2 Lock nut M40x1.5 2 Lock nut M32x1.5 1 Grounding Wiring Harness 1 Interface plate for Junction Box 1. Remove all cable glands from #01 to #13 in the picture below in the Depot Charge Box product 2. Screw lock nuts in the respective M size nipples 3. Introduce nipples with lock nuts inside Depot charge box holes: M40 in the #01, M20 in the #12 4. Unscrew the nine M5 nuts to remove junction box door plate 5. Drill Junction box as needed (if preference is to drill after assembled with Depot Charge Box, skip to the step 6) DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 83 of 113 6. Put the interface plate under the Depot enclosure, be sure that nipples M40 and M20 come out to the plate 7. Insert the junction box under the interface plate. Be sure that nipples come out from Junction box holes. 8. Screw the M40 and M20 lock nuts in the other sides of nipples 9. Insert the M32 and the other M20 nipples in the holes and screw the other sides 10. Tight the locknuts with the torques listed below: a. M40: 5.90 ft-lb b. M32: 5.16 ft-lb c. M20: 5.90 ft-lb 11. Remove GND locknut (picture below) in the junction box 12. Assembly both grounding wiring harnesses in the GND PEM following the names in the labels “PEE” and screw again locknut 13. Assembly the other sides of wiring harnesses following the labels names in the cables: a. PEE: Junction box PEM b. PEC: Junction box cover PEM c. PED: Depot Box PE2 terminal block 14. Using of one hole to pass along GND cable from Junction to Depot enclosure DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 84 of 113 15. Connect GND cable in the PE2 Depot 16. If not previous drilled (step 5), drill the Junction box to install the metal conduits cable glands 17. When all cables are routing, close the Junction door, tighten the blind nuts with a torque of 2.21 ft-lb WARNING At the end of drill action be sure to remove all processing scraps inside Junction box enclosure DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 85 of 113 6.3. Connect cables Depot Charge Box DANGER Make sure that the main switch of the power supply group for the product is set to the OFF position. Do a voltage check to make sure that the electrical power is disconnected from the system. Secure against resetting. 6.3.1. Gland layout of the Depot Charge Box Gland # Clamping range ØF Cable 01 0.87 – 1.26 Inch DC- Out 02 0.87 – 1.26 Inch DC- In 03 0.87 – 1.26 Inch DC+ In 04 0.87 – 1.26 Inch DC+ Out 05 0.71 – 0.98 Inch Communication In (fibers) 06 0.71 – 0.98 Inch Communication Out (fibers) 07 0.20 – 0.39 Inch Ethernet In 08 0.20 – 0.39 Inch Ethernet Out 09 0.20 – 0.24 Inch External EMO, Beacon, Stop button 10 0.32 – 0.35 Inch Interlock In and Interlock Out 11 0.24 – 0.47 Inch GND 12 0.24 – 0.47 Inch AC auxiliary power Input 13 0.24 – 0.47 Inch AC auxiliary power Output DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 86 of 113 6.3.2. Open the door of the Depot Charge Box Preconditions • Key that was removed from the Depot Charge Box. 1. Unlock the handle (B). 2. Use the handle (B) to open the door (A). 6.3.3. Remove the protection cover Preconditions: • Tools: cross-head screwdriver 1. Remove the protection plate (A) by loosening the four screws (B). 2. Put the protection plate (A), the screws (B) and the washers (C) in a safe location as it will be installed again later on. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 87 of 113 6.3.4. Connect the GND wire of the Power Cabinet WARNING In case the Pedestal is used, the GND wire from the Power Cabinet must first connected to the GND point of the Pedestal. See section Connect the GND or lighting protection wire onto Pedestal (when used) on Page 88. Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, ferrule, crimp pliers, screwdriver 1. Loosen and remove the cable gland’s (#11) nut for the GND wire. 2. Slide the cable gland’s nut over the GND wire. 3. Route the GND wire (B) through gland #11 to the GND pin (F). Refer to the figure above for the preferred cable route through the cable duct inside the cabinet. 4. Cut the GND wire to the correct length to reach the GND pin (F). Do not make the wire routing too tight, or too loose. 5. Tighten the nut of the gland to secure the GND wire. 6. Strip 0.79 Inch of the insulation from the end of the GND wire (B). 7. Attach a wire end ring (A) to the end of the GND wire (B). 8. Remove the M8 nut and washers from the GND pin (F). 9. Insert the nut (C) with toothed washer (D), the GND wire (B) and the contact washer (E) onto the GND pin (F) 10. Tighten the nut with a tightening torque of 11 ft-lb. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 88 of 113 6.3.5. Install lighting protection (optional) NOTICE When using this option, the GND wire between the Power Cabinet and the Depot Charge Box(es) don’t have to be installed. See for more details section Grounding of Depot Charge Boxes on Page 44. WARNING In case the Pedestal is used, the lighting protection wire must first connected to the GND point of the Pedestal. See section Connect the GND or lighting protection wire onto Pedestal (when used) on Page 88. Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, ferrule, crimp pliers, screwdriver 1. Loosen and remove the cable gland’s (#11) nut for the GND wire. 2. Slide the cable gland’s nut over the GND wire. 3. Route the GND wire (B) through gland #11 to the GND pin (F). Refer to the figure above for the preferred cable route through the cable duct inside the cabinet. 4. Cut the GND wire to the correct length to reach the GND pin (F). Do not make the wire routing too tight, or too loose. 5. Tighten the nut of the gland to secure the GND wire. 6. Strip 0.79 Inch of the insulation from the end of the GND wire (B). 7. Attach a wire end ring (A) to the end of the GND wire (B). 8. Remove the M8 nut and washers from the GND pin (F). 9. Insert the nut (C) with toothed washer (D), the GND wire (B) and the contact washer (E) onto the GND pin (F) 10. Tighten the nut with a tightening torque of 11 ft-lb. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 89 of 113 6.3.6. Connect the GND or lighting protection wire onto Pedestal (when used) Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, cable lugs (2x), wrench (size 13), torque wrench (size 13). 1. Make a loop in the GND wire that is coming from the Power Cabinet or ground electrode. NOTICE For safety, it is recommended to make a loop in the GND wire. This loop makes sure that the GND wire is not the first wire that is disconnected if the Pedestal is moved by a collision. 2. Cut the GND wire from the Power Cabinet or ground electrode to the correct length to reach the GND point (F). 3. Route the GND wire from the GND point (F) to the X1 terminal block within the Depot Charge Box. See also section Connect the GND wire of the Power Cabinet on Page 87 or Install lighting protection (optional) on Page 88. Do not make the wire routing too tight, or too loose. 4. Cut the GND wire to the Depot Charge Box to the correct length to reach the GND point (F). 5. Strip 0.79 Inch of the insulation from the end of the GND wires. 6. Attach a wire end ring (A) to the end of the GND wires (B). 7. Fit onto the GND point (F) the contact washer (E), both GND wires (B) and the toothed washer (D). 8. Screw onto the GND point (F) the M8 nut (D). 9. Tighten the nut with a tightening torque of 11 ft-lb. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 90 of 113 6.3.7. Connect the DC power in- and output cables Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, cable lugs, wrench (size 17), torque wrench (size 17). 1. Loosen and remove the cable gland’s (#02 and #03) nuts for the DC power input cables. In case of sequential charging with two or three Depot Charge boxes, loosen and remove also the cable gland’s (#01 and #04) nuts for the DC power output cables. 2. Slide the cable gland’s nuts over the DC power cables. 3. Strip the insulation on the required length specified by the used lug from the end of the wire (B). 4. Insert the DC power cables into the cable gland (#01 - #04). 5. Attach cable lug (A) at the end of the wires. 6. Fit a M10 bolt (C) with washer (D) and the DC cable (A). 7. Insert the bolt fitted with the DC cable into the right connection hole of the copper rail (see picture above). 8. Screw from the bottom side of the copper rail a washer (E) and a nut (F) on the bolt (C). 9. Tighten the bolt/nut connection with a tightening torque of 15 ft-lb. 10. Tighten the cable gland’s nut to secure the DC power cables. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 91 of 113 6.3.8. Connect the AC auxiliary power cable(s) Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, ferrule, crimp pliers, screwdriver 1. Loosen and remove the cable gland’s (#12) nut for the AC auxiliary power Input cable (C). In case of daisy-chained connection of the AC auxiliary supply (see section Charge system configurations on Page 41), loosen and remove also the cable gland’s (#13) nut for the AC auxiliary power output cable (D). 2. Slide the cable gland’s nut over the AC auxiliary power cable. 3. Route the AC auxiliary power cable(s) through gland #12 (and #13) to terminal block (E). Refer to the figure above for the preferred cable route through the cable duct inside the cabinet. 4. Cut the AC auxiliary power cable to the correct length to reach the terminal block (E). Do not make the cable routing too tight, or too loose. 5. Tighten the nut of the gland to secure the AC auxiliary power cable(s). 6. Strip 0.43 Inch of the insulation from the end of the wires (B). 7. Crimp a ferrule (A) to the end of the wire (B). 8. Loosen the connector screws. 9. Insert the wires of the AC auxiliary power cable(s) into the connectors of the terminal block (E): Functional description Connector Wire color AC aux Line Input X3-1 Brown AC aux Line Output (to next Depot Charge Box, optional) X3-2 Brown AC aux Neutral Input X3-3 Blue AC aux Neutral Output (to next Depot Charge Box, optional) X3-4 Blue AC aux GND Input X3-5 Green/yellow AC aux GND Output (to next Depot Charge Box, optional) X3-6 Green/yellow 10. Tighten the connector screw of the terminal blocks with a tightening torque of 1 ft-lb. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 92 of 113 6.3.9. Connect the Interlock cable(s) Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, screwdriver, ferrules, crimp pliers 1. Loosen and remove the cable gland’s (#10) nut for the Interlock cables (B) and (C). In case of sequential charging with two or three Depot Charge boxes, Interlock cable (C) is used for the Interlock connection between the Depot Charge Boxes. 2. Slide the cable gland’s nut over the Interlock cable(s). 3. Route the Interlock cable(s) through gland #10 to the terminal blocks (A). Refer to the figure above for the preferred cable route through the cable duct inside the cabinet. 4. Cut the Interlock cable(s) to the correct length to reach the terminal block (A). Do not make the cable routing too tight, or too loose. 5. Tighten the nut of the gland to secure the Interlock cable(s). 6. Strip 0.43 Inch of the insulation from the end of the wires. 7. Tighten the shield of the Interlock cable(s) into a thread and slide a shrink tubing over the shield that has been twisted together. 8. Crimp a ferrule to the end of the wires. 9. Loosen the connector screws. 10. Connector between pin X2-3 and X2-4 must not be present if the Interlock cable (C) is routed to the next Depot Charge Box. Connector between pin X2-3 and X2-4 must be present if this is the last Depot Charge Box. 11. Insert the wires of the Interlock cable(s) into the connectors of the terminal block (A): Functional description Connector Wire color Interlock In (from Power Cabinet or previous Depot Charge Box, optional) X2-1 White Interlock Out (from Power Cabinet or previous Depot Charge Box, optional) X2-2 Brown DC Guard A (from Power Cabinet or previous Depot Charge Box, optional) X2-5 Green DC Guard A GND (from Power Cabinet or previous Depot Charge Box, optional) X2-6 Yellow Interlock GND X1-1 Shield Interlock In (to next Depot Charge Box, optional) X2-3 Brown Interlock Out (to next Depot Charge Box, optional) X2-4 White DC Guard A (to next Depot Charge Box, optional) X2-7 Green DC Guard A GND (to next Depot Charge Box, optional) X2-8 Yellow Interlock GND X1-2 Shield See also Appendix F Signal connection diagram. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 93 of 113 12. Tighten the connector screw of the terminal blocks with a tightening torque of 1 ft-lb. 6.3.10. Connect the communication glass fiber cable(s) 1. Loosen and remove the cable gland’s (#05) nut for the communication (CAN/Ethernet) glass fiber cable. In case of sequential charging with two or three Depot Charge boxes, also loosen and remove the cable gland’s (#06) nut for the communication (CAN) glass fiber cable. 2. Slide the cable gland’s nut (A) over the metal finish tulle of the communication glass fiber cable(s). 3. Insert the communication cable into the cable gland (#05 and #06) and tighten the cable gland’s nut to secure the cable(s). 4. Route the communication fiber cables to module U1 (A) and U2 (B). Refer to the figure above for the preferred cable route inside the cabinet. 5. Remove the protection covers from the optical connectors. 6. Connect the two CAN bus fiber cables (C) onto module (A): • Rx (Optical 1) with A-Td U1; • Tx (Optical 2) with A-Rd U1. 7. Connect the two Ethernet fiber cables (D) onto module (B): • Rx (Optical 1) with Td U2; • Tx (Optical 2) with Rd U2. 8. In case of sequential charging, connect the two CAN bus fiber cables (E) onto module (A): • Rx (Optical 1) with B-Td U1; • Tx (Optical 2) with B-Rd U1. NOTICE From the CAN/Ethernet glass fiber cable, four fiber cables are not connected and from the CAN glass fiber cable, two fiber cables are not connected. Those fiber cables are meant for spare. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 94 of 113 9. Bind the cables together and secure the loops loosely with a tak-ty (Hook and Loop Cable Tie Mounts) or ty-rap cable tie. NOTICE Fiber optic in the Depot Box charger is not mirror the wiring scheme in the power cabinet but need to be inverted CAUTION Make the loop bend radius of the fiber cables not smaller than 2.52 Inch, otherwise the core of the fiber cable may break. 6.3.11. Connect the Ethernet cable between the Depot Charge Boxes NOTICE The Ethernet cable connection between the Depot Charge Boxes is only needed in case of sequential charging with two or three Depot Charge boxes, see for more details section Cabling on Page 41. Preconditions: • Tools: network cable pliers, 2x or 4x RJ45 connectors. 1. Loosen and remove the cable gland’s (#07 and #08, only in case of three Depot Charge boxes configuration) nut for the Ethernet cable(s). 2. Slide the cable gland’s nut over the Ethernet cable(s). 3. Route the Ethernet cable(s) through gland #7 (and #08) to the module (A). Refer to the figure above for the preferred cable route through the cable duct inside the cabinet. 4. Cut the Ethernet cable(s) to the correct length to reach the module (A). Do not make the cable routing too tight, or too loose. 5. Tighten the nut of the gland to secure the Ethernet cable(s). 6. Fit an RJ45 connector to the Ethernet cable (B). Use network cable pliers. 7. Insert the RJ45 connector into the network terminals X3 or X4 of module U3 (A). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 95 of 113 6.3.12. Connect external EMO, Beacon and Stop button cables (optional) NOTICE There is the possibility to connect an external Beacon light, Stop button and/or Emergency stop button (EMO) to the Depot Charge Box, see for more details section Optional external interface cables on Page 45. Preconditions: • Tools: wire cutter, wire stripper pliers, screwdriver, ferrules, crimp pliers 1. Loosen and remove the cable gland’s (#9) nut for the Ext. Beacon cable (B), the Ext. Stop button cable (C) and the Ext. EMO cable (D). 2. Slide the cable gland’s nut over the cables. 3. Route the cables through gland #9 to the terminal blocks (A). Refer to the figure above for the preferred cable route through the cable duct inside the cabinet. 4. Cut the cables to the correct length to reach the terminal block (A). Do not make the cable routing too tight, or too loose. 5. Tighten the nut of the gland to secure the cables. 6. Strip 0.43 Inch of the insulation from the end of the wires. 7. Crimp a ferrule to the end of the wires. 8. Loosen the connector screws. 9. Connectors between pin X2-21 and X2-22 and between pin X2-23 and X2-24 must be removed if the Ext. EMO button is applied. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 96 of 113 10. Insert the wires of the cables into the connectors of the terminal block (A): Functional description Connector External stop button + X2-9 External stop button - X2-10 External stop button +24 V X2-13 External stop button 0 V X2-14 External emergency button S1-1 X2-21 External emergency button S1-2 X2-22 External emergency button S2-1 X2-23 External emergency button S2-2 X2-24 External beacon light Red X2-25 External beacon light Green X2-26 External beacon light Blue X2-29 External beacon light +24 V X2-30 See also Appendix F Signal connection diagram. 11. Tighten the connector screw of the terminal blocks with a tightening torque of 1 ft-lb. 6.3.13. Install the protection cover Preconditions: • Tools: cross-head screwdriver 1. Take the protection cover, the screws and the washers that was removed in Remove the protection cover on Page 86. 2. Place the protection cover (A) back over the DC contactors and secure the protection cover by the screws (B) in combination with the washers (C). DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 97 of 113 6.3.14. Close the door of the Depot Charge Box Preconditions • Key that was removed from the Depot Charge Box 1. Close the door (A). 2. Lock the handle (B). 6.3.15. Install front cover plate on Pedestal (when used) Preconditions: • Tools: torx screwdriver (size TT20). 1. Put the front cover plate (A) against the front side of the Pedestal (B). 2. Insert the M8 bolts (C) into the holes (8x). 3. Tighten the bolts. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 98 of 113 7. Commissioning 7.1. Commissioning preparation Commissioning is the last phase necessary to get the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger into operation. The planning steps for the commissioning phase are shown in the figure below. D Commissioning The commissioning of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger need to be performed by a service engineer from the ABB Delivery department and/or a certified local ABB service engineer. Both will need the support from the local contractor. Local contractor must be perform the megger test of the conductors and provide ABB with the test report prior to commissioning. Before the service engineer can start, the following conditions must be met: • All installation work is done. • Grid power is available. • A local technician is present for assistance and to switch the power on. • An electric or hybrid bus available to perform the functional tests. CAUTION Warranty It is not permitted to move the whole or parts of the HVC-C 100/150 E- Bus Charger after the commissioning. If the whole or parts of the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger is moved without contacting the ABB Service department, the warranty will be considered void. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 99 of 113 7.2. Customer Acceptance Form (CAF) After the commissioning is completed, the owner / site operator will sign the Customer Acceptance Form (CAF). In certain circumstances ABB will be represented by a project engineer. The CAF contains information about: • the project (number, location, charger type), • a checklist about the delivery, • the commissioning SAT checklist, • list of remaining items. After the CAF has been signed, the customer support will be handled by the ABB Service department. If there are any remaining items, they can be noted on the CAF document, together with the agreed solution and the expected date of completion. 8. Service and Maintenance 8.1. About Service and Maintenance E Service and Maintenance Maintenance is done according the maintenance schedule. This is outside of the scope of this document. DANGER Any service and maintenance work on the charger system has to be only executed on powered-off device. Make sure that the main switch of the power supply group for the product is set to the OFF position. Do a voltage check to make sure that the electrical power is disconnected from the system. Secure against resetting. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 100 of 113 8.2. Cleaning of the cabinet The Power Cabinet and ABB Pole is powder coated. This coating must be kept in good condition. Clean the Power Cabinet and ABB Pole three times a year in the following way: • Remove rough dirt by spraying with low-pressure tap water. • Apply a neutral or weak alkaline cleaning solution and let it soak. • Remove dirt by hand with a non-woven nylon hand pad. • Rinse thoroughly with tap water. • Optionally, apply wax on the front for extra protection and gloss. • Do a check on the coating for damage. NOTICE When the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger is exposed to rain, it is sufficient to clean it twice a year. CAUTION Do not apply high-pressure water jets. Water may leak into the Power Cabinet. If a high-pressure water jet has been used, make sure that the inside of the Power Cabinet is dry. - Only use cleaning agents with a pH value between 6 and 8. - Do not use cleaning agents with abrasive components. - Do not use abrasive tools. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 101 of 113 9. Technical Specification 9.1. Electrical specification complete 100 kW system AC Input Power Cabinet Supply voltage 3-phase: GND, L1, L2, L3 Input voltage range 480/277 VAC ± 10% 600/347 VAC +10%/-15% (Canada version) Input frequency range 60 Hz ± 1% Maximum power dissipation 110 kVA Power factor (cos ᵠ) ≥ 0.95 (> 0.97 at full load) Standby power consumption < 60 W Efficiency 94% and 96% in power spectrum between 20% and 100% of full power Nominal input current 132 A AC 106 A AC (Canada version) Earth Leakage Current protection AC 300 mA (GFCI integrated in HVC100) AC 30 mA (GFCI integrated in ACS Control Module) Short Circuit Capacity 65 kA AC power connection 240 mm2 = 500 MCM (max) AC Input Depot Charge Box Supply voltage 1-phase: GND, L, N Input voltage range 90 - 132 VAC ± 10% Input frequency range 47 - 63 Hz ± 1% Nominal input current 2.2 A AC Earth Leakage Current protection AC 30 mA DC output Maximum output power 100 kW Output voltage range 150 – 850 V DC Maximum output current 134 A DC DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 102 of 113 9.1. Electrical specification complete 150 kW system Input Supply voltage 3-phase: GND, L1, L2, L3 Input voltage range 480/277 VAC ± 10% 600/347 VAC +10%/-15% (Canada version) Input frequency range 60 Hz ± 1% Maximum power dissipation 170 kVA Power factor (cos ᵠ) ≥ 0.95 (> 0.97 at full load) Standby power consumption < 60 W Efficiency 94% and 96% in power spectrum between 20% and 100% of full power Nominal input current 198 A AC 163 A AC (Canada version) Earth Leakage Current protection AC 300 mA (GFCI integrated in HVC150(S)) AC 30 mA (GFCI integrated in ACS Control Module) Short Circuit Capacity 65 kA AC power connection 240 mm2 = 500 MCM (max) AC Input Depot Charge Box Supply voltage 1-phase: GND, L, N Input voltage range 90 - 132 VAC ± 10% Input frequency range 47 - 63 Hz ± 1% Nominal input current 2.2 A AC Earth Leakage Current protection AC 30 mA DC output Maximum output power 150 kW Output voltage range 150 – 850 V DC Maximum output current 200 A DC 9.2. Mechanical data Mechanical specification Power Cabinet Dimensions (H x W x D) 82.36 x 46.06 x 30.32 Inch (Including swivel eye bolts) Weight 2954.19 lb Volume 114114.40 in3 Dimensions including packaging (H x W x D) 88.58 x 47.24 x 31.50 Inch Weight including packing 3086.47 lb Weight concrete foundation 2866.00 lb Mechanical impact protection IK10 Housing Stainless steel 430 Mechanical specification Depot Charge Box Dimensions (H x W x D) 6.65 x 27.52 x 9.45 Inch (exclusive charge cable) Weight 99.21 lb (exclusive with charge cable) 116.85 lb (with 3.5 m charge cable) 134.48 lb (with 7.0 m charge cable) Volume 6102.37 in3 Dimensions including packaging (H x W x D) 49.21 x 35.43 x 20.87 Inch (including pallet) Weight including packing 224.87 lb Mechanical impact protection IK10 Housing Stainless steel 304 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 103 of 113 9.3. Environment Environment specification Power Cabinet Ingression protection IP54 Temperature range – Operation -35 ºC to +45 ⁰C Temperature range – Storage -10 ºC to +70 ⁰C Humidity 5 % to 95 %, RH – non-condensing Airflow 51206.27 ft3/h Pressure drop 300 pA Altitude 6561.68 ft (max.) Storage conditions Indoors, dry Environment specification Depot Charge Box Ingression protection IP65 (exclusive charge cable) Temperature range – Operation -35 ºC to +45 ⁰C Temperature range – Storage -10 ºC to +70 ⁰C Humidity 5 % to 95 %, RH – non-condensing Altitude 6561.68 ft (max.) Storage conditions Indoors, dry CAUTION Warranty Warranty will be considered void when the HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger is damaged while badly stored at the customer's location. 9.4. Certifications Certifications for complete system UL 2202 HVC 150: Certificate No. TU 72180445 Class of protection 1 with GND connection DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 104 of 113 10. Appendix A. Dimensions Power Cabinet All sizes in mm 1 mm = 0.039 Inch DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 105 of 113 All sizes in mm 1 mm = 0.039 Inch DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 106 of 113 B. Dimensions Depot Charge Box All sizes in mm 1 mm = 0.039 Inch DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 107 of 113 C. Dimensions Concrete Foundation Power Cabinet All sizes in mm 1 mm = 0.039 Inch DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 108 of 113 All sizes in mm 1 mm = 0.039 Inch DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 109 of 113 D. Dimensions Metal Foundation Power Cabinet All sizes in mm 1 mm = 0.039 Inch DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 110 of 113 E. Power Cabinet – Outline with Foundation DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 111 of 113 F. Signal connection diagram DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 112 of 113 G. Ground overview of the system DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 HVC-C 100/150 E-Bus Charger Installation Guide Document: v0.7 / Document No.: 6AGA000008-0101-EN | Date: 06-30-2022 Page 113 of 113 NOTES DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 — INSTALLATION SHEET HVC 150C E-Bus charger (NAM) This document briefly indicates the main relevant elements for the installation of the HVC bus charger. It can be used as a basic to determine the requirements for a site. The first page explains the installation for 1 depot charge box. The second page explains the installation for two (2) or three (3) depot charge boxes. General: • The electrical installation should be designed and constructed according to local laws, safety and electrical regulations. • A ground electrode should be installed in the earth close to the first charge box or cabinet, based on local regulations and site design. The ground-resistance must be ≤ 10 Ω (subject to local regulations). • More detailed information is available in the installation manual. Main AC Power supply: • 1 X power switch 3P: 150 kW • 3 X fuse 3P: 300 A (no neutral required) • Option: 1 X Surge Protected Device type 1 Input power cable: • 1 X AC power cable 3P+PE: 4 X 450 kcmil maximum • Maximum distance between Fast Charge Station and depot charge box: 150 m Fast Charge Station • 1 X HVC-150C • Dimensions: 2030 x 1170 x 770 mm (H X W X D), Weight: 1340 kg Placement (two options): • Concrete foundation block 700 x 1170 X 1300 mm (H X W X D) • Support frame for an existing floor Depot Charge Box • Dimensions: 800 X 600 X 210 mm (H X W X D), Weight: 65 kg Placement: • Wall-mount support • Optional: Support frame for an existing floor • Optional: External emergency and start/stop button and external beacon light Physical installationElectrical installation HVC 150 Specification: • Nominal input voltage: 480 VAC ± 10% • Nominal frequency: 60 Hz ± 1% • Nominal input current: 200 A • Input power: 174 kVA • Power Factor (cos Φ): ≥ 0.95 • 3G connection integrated Depot charge box: • Output voltage range: 150 – 850 V DC• Maximum output current: 200 A DC• Maximum output power: 150 kW • CCS Output charging protocol • CCS Cable length 3.5 m (optional: 7 m) Cables between cabinet and charge box: Placed in conduit #1: • 2 X DC power cable: 350 kcmil (maximum) Placed in conduit #2: • 1 X Interlock cable: 2 X 2 X 19 AWG • 1 X PE wire: 1 X 6 AWG • 4 X communication: 8 X glass fiber CONFIDENTIAL Information approx. 6’ height Auxiliary distribution board Main distribution board Auxiliary input power cable: Placed in conduit #2 (cabinet - depot) or in conduit #3 (aux. - depot): • 1 X AC auxiliary power 1P+N+PE: 3 X 14 AWG Auxiliary AC power supply (mandatory) per depot charge box: Typically combined with Main AC power supply. Can be located in separate place • 1 X 1P GFCI Class B (30 mA) circuit breaker: 15 A • Continuous power consumption: 500 W • Inrush current: 48 A < 5 ms Option: 1 X surge protected device type 1 Rev: 2.1 Date released: 18-09-2018 250 A DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 — INSTALLATION SHEET HVC 150C E-Bus charger (NAM) Installation of two or three depot charge boxes: General: • The electrical installation should be designed and constructed according to local laws, safety and electrical regulations. • A ground electrode should be installed in the earth close to the first charge box or cabinet, based on local regulations and site design. The ground-resistance must be ≤ 10 Ω (subject to local regulations). • More detailed information is available in the installation manual. Physical installationElectrical installation HVC 150 CONFIDENTIAL Information approx. 6’ height Auxiliary distribution board Main distribution board Main AC Power supply: • 1 X power switch 3P: 150 kW • 3 X fuse 3P: 300 A (no neutral required) • Option: 1 X Surge Protected Device type 1 Specification: • Nominal input voltage: 480 VAC ± 10% • Nominal frequency: 60 Hz ± 1% • Nominal input current: 200 A • Input power: 174 kVA • Power Factor (cos Φ): ≥ 0.95 • 3G connection integrated Cables between cabinet and charge box: Placed in conduit #1: • 2 X DC power cable: 350 kcmil (maximum) Placed in conduit #2: • 1 X Interlock cable: 2 X 2 X 19 AWG • 1 X PE wire: 1 X 6 AWG • 4 X communication: 8 X glass fiber Depot charge box: • Output voltage range: 150 – 850 VDC• Maximum output current: 200 ADC• Maximum output power: 150 kW • CCS Output charging protocol • CCS Cable length 3.5 m (optional: 7 m) • Maximum distance between Fast Charge Station and charge control set: 150 m • Maximum distance between depot charge boxes: 30 m Input power cable: • 1 X AC power cable 3P+PE: 4 X 450 kcmil maximum Smart Charging: Smart charging allows for a maximum of 3 depot charge boxes to be connected to one fast charge station. The depot charge boxes are daisy chained and vechiles can be charged sequentially and on a first come first served basis. The maximum distance between 2 depot boxes can be up to 30 m. Optional: expandable with 2 extra charge boxes combined with smart charging Cables between charge boxes: Daisy chained (Box 1 → 2, Box 2 → 3) Placed in conduit • 2 X DC power cable: 350 kcmil (maximum) Placed in conduit separate from DC cable conduit • 1 X AC auxiliary power 1P+N+PE: 3 X 14 AWG • 1 X Interlock/Monitor cable: 2 X 2 X 19 AWG • 1 X Ethernet: 1 X FTP Cat6 / Cat5e • 2 X communication: 4 X glass fiber • 2 X PE wire: 2 X 6 AWG * * refer to grounding scheme Rev: 2.1 Date released: 18-09-2018 1 refer to configuration options Auxiliary input power cable: Placed in conduit #2 (cabinet - depot) or in conduit #3 (aux. - depot): • 1 X AC auxiliary power 1P+N+PE: 3 X 14 AWG Auxiliary AC power supply (mandatory) per depot charge box1: Typically combined with Main AC power supply. Can be located in separate place • 1 X 1P GFCI Class B (30 mA) circuit breaker: 15 A • Continuous power consumption: 500 W • Inrush current: 48 A < 5 ms Option: 1 X surge protected device type 1 250 A DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 — INSTALLATION SHEET HVC 150C E-Bus charger (NAM) Overview of cables coming to depot charge box CONFIDENTIAL Information Rev: 2.1 Date released: 18-09-2018 No Signal Wire Gland dimensions Cable specs Gland nr 1 Charging cable CCS1/2 CCS fi 33 - 38 mm Provided with chargebox CCS 2 DC+ In 1 X 350 MCM 22 - 32 mm TF-Kable W-RHH-RHW-2-2000V, W350-1XT, 350 MCM note: 350 MCM with reinforced isolation > 5400 VDC G3 3 DC- In 1 X 350 MCM 22 - 32 mm As above G1 4 DC+ Out 1 X 350 MCM 22 - 32 mm As above G4 5 DC- Out 1 X 350 MCM 22 - 32 mm As above G2 6 PE 1 X 6 AWG fi 8-9 mm OLFLEX 4160900 (Fi-OD: 8.9 mm)G10 7 PE 1 X 6 AWG fi 8-9 mm OLFLEX 4160900 (Fi-OD: 8.9 mm)G10 8 PE 1 X 2-8 AWG fi 6-12 mm OLFLEX 4161100 (2 AWG) (Fi-OD: 11.4 mm)G11 9 AC input 3 X 14 AWG fi 6-12 mm OLFLEX 10019945 Fi-OD: 8.3 mm G12 10 AC output 3 X 14 AWG fi 6-12 mm As above G13 11 Interlock/Monitor In 2 X 2 X 19 AWG (Shielded Twisted Pair) fi 8-9 mm Lapp UniTronic LiYCY(TP) 0066262 Fi-OD = 8.7 mm G10 12 Interlock/Monitor Out 2 X 2 X 19 AWG (Shielded Twisted Pair) fi 8-9 mm As above G10 13 Ethernet In Cat6 / Cat5e (Shielded Twisted Pair) fi 5-10 mm G7 14 Ethernet Out Cat6 / Cat5e (Shielded Twisted Pair) fi 5-10 mm G8 15 Ext. EMO switch 4 X 20 AWG fi 5-6 mm OLFLEX classic 110 H, 4 X 20 AWG/ 10019904 Fi-OD: 5.8 mm G9 16 Ext. Beacon 4 X 20 AWG fi 5-6 mm As above G9 17 Ext. Start button 2 X 20 AWG fi 5-6 mm As above G9 18 Spare fi 5-6 mm G9 19 Fiber-optic In 2 fibers (recommended 4 for spare)*M32 OM3, pre-fabricated optical fiber G5 20 Fiber-optic Out 2 fibers (recommended 4 for spare)M32 OM3, pre-fabricated optical fiber G6 * 4 fibers (recommended 8 for spare) for connection from HVC to first depot charge Not Required Not Required Not RequiredNot Required or equivalent (not provided by ABB) DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 — INSTALLATION SHEET HVC 150C E-Bus charger (NAM) Auxiliary AC power supply configurations CONFIDENTIAL Information Rev: 2.1 Date released: 18-09-2018 1 - Daisy-chained connection option 2 - Individual connection option ≤ 30 m ≤ 150 m ≤ 30 m Auxiliary distribution board 1 Auxiliary distribution board 2 Auxiliary distribution board 3 Auxiliary distribution board Distance limitation DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 — INSTALLATION SHEET HVC 150C E-Bus charger (NAM) CONFIDENTIAL Information Rev: 2.1 Date released: 18-09-2018 Power cabinet Depot charge box 1 Depot charge box 2 Depot charge box 3 GND GND GND AC GND AC GNDAC GND LOCAL GND* * if available LOCAL GND can be used instead of CABINET GND LOCAL GND*LOCAL GND* GND Proposed grounding scheme DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Addendum 1 - 9750 Page 1 of 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of BID 9750: Charger Installations #4-#6 - Electric Transit Buses OPENING DATE: 3:00 PM (Our Clock) March 9, 2023 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes/additions are hereby made and detailed in the following sections of this addendum: Due to weather, rescheduling Pre-BID walk for Friday February 17, 2023 at 1:30PM MT – 2:30PM MT. Please contact Jake Rector, Senior Buyer, at (970) 221-6776 or jrector@fcgov.com with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID OR QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgov.com/purchasing DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Addendum 2 - 9750 Page 1 of 1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of BID 9750: Charger Installations #4-#6 - Electric Transit Buses OPENING DATE: 3:00 PM (Our Clock) 10, 2023 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes/additions are hereby made and detailed in the following sections of this addendum: Correct BID Opening Date to align with the attached ITB Documents. Correct BID Opening is 3:00PM MT on Friday, March 10, 2023. Please contact Jake Rector, Senior Buyer, at (970) 221-6776 or jrector@fcgov.com with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID OR QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgov.com/purchasing DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Addendum 3 - 9750 ADDENDUM NO. 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of BID 9750: Charger Installations #4-#6 - Electric Transit Buses OPENING DATE: 3:00 PM (Our Clock) March 10, 2023 To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes/additions are hereby made and detailed in the following sections of this addendum: Exhibit 1 – Pre-Bid Attendance Roster Exhibit 2 – Questions and Answers Exhibit 3 – Stamped Construction Drawings Please contact Jake Rector, Senior Buyer, at (970) 221-6776 or jrector@fcgov.com with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID OR QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgov.com/purchasing DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Addendum 3 - 9750 Exhibit 1 Pre-BID Attendance Roster DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 Addendum 3 - 9750 Exhibit 2 Questions and Answers 1.I know this job is to add #4, #5 & #6 charging stations but I’m curious if the ladder cable tray and wire mesh cable tray are existing and we just include cabling to new chargers? R: Ladder cable tray and wire mesh cable are not existing, these need to be supplied by the contractor. 2.Charger #7, #8 and #9 are future but it looks like the cable trays extend to those future areas. Is that what you want us to carry in our budgets? The one-line shows providing material for charger 7A, 8A & B. Can you confirm we are only to provide materials for #4, #5 and #6? R: Installation of cable trays for future chargers 7 – 10 should be included as an alternate. 3.I thought I read that the chargers and power cabinets are provided and we install. Can you please confirm that is correct? R: Yes, the Chargers and Power Cabinets are provided by the City. 4.Please clarify the scope for the cable tray installation? R: The base bid is to include cable tray for cabinets 4 – 6. Alternate is to be for installing the cable tray for future build-out of cabinets 7 – 10 (cable tray only) 5.What is anticipated construction schedule? R: Contract in place by March 24th, Permit issued by May 19th, Construction June 15 – July 30, 2023. 6.Are the hose reels supplied by others? R: The hose reels are to be supplied by the electrical contractor 7.Who is doing the data cabling? R: The electrical contractor shall include the conduit and cabling for data in their bid. 8.Does this work need to happen at night or off hours? R: No, the buses are typically out of the bus barn during the day so the contractor will have access to the work. We may need to coordinate a few days or bays during construction. 9.Who is performing the commissioning of the system? R: Winn-Marrion is the supplier of the EV charging gear and will be on site performing the commissioning of the system, but the installation contractor will need to be on site during this process. 10.Who is supplying the MDP for this phase? R: The electrical contractor will need to furnish and install this gear along with the cabinets and chargers which will be supplied by Owner under a separate contract. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 INSR ADDL SUBR LTR INSR WVD DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: FAXPHONE (A/C, No):(A/C, No, Ext): E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER A : INSURED INSURER B : INSURER C : INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F : POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXPTYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)(MM/DD/YYYY) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # Y / N N / A (Mandatory in NH) ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED $PREMISES (Ea occurrence)CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person)$ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GENERAL AGGREGATE $GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ $ PRO- OTHER: LOCJECT COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $(Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person)$ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident)$AUTOS ONLY AUTOS AUTOS ONLY HIRED PROPERTY DAMAGE $AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $$ PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below POLICY NON-OWNED SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer any rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:REVISION NUMBER: CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORDACORD 25 (2016/03) ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Zurich American Insurance Company Travelers Property Cas. Co. of America 5/12/2023 USI Insurance Services, LLC P.O. Box 7050 Englewood, CO 80155 800 873-8500 Sheila Bartlett 800 873-8500 den.contractors@usi.com Weifield Group Contracting Inc. 6950 S. Jordan Road Centennial, CO 80112 16535 25674 A X X X X X GLO980944206 03/01/2023 03/01/2024 2,000,000 1,000,000 10,000 1,000,000 4,000,000 4,000,000 A X X X X X BAP980944306 03/01/2023 03/01/2024 2,000,000 B X X X 10,000 X X CUP0T34563023NF 03/01/2023 03/01/2024 10,000,000 10,000,000 A N X WC980944106 03/01/2023 03/01/2024 X 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 RE: 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 Electric Transit Buses. The General Liability and Automobile Liability policies include an automatic Additional Insured endorsement that provides Additional Insured status to City of Fort Collins, its officers, agents and employees, only when there is a written contract that requires such status, and only with regard to work performed by or on behalf of the named insured. City of Fort Collins PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 1 of 1 #S40058334/M38940188 WEIFIGROClient#: 906927 PRGZP 1 of 1 #S40058334/M38940188 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 This page has been left blank intentionally. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 INSR ADDL SUBR LTR INSR WVD DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: FAXPHONE (A/C, No):(A/C, No, Ext): E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER A : INSURED INSURER B : INSURER C : INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F : POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXPTYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)(MM/DD/YYYY) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # Y / N N / A (Mandatory in NH) ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED $PREMISES (Ea occurrence)CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person)$ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GENERAL AGGREGATE $GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ $ PRO- OTHER: LOCJECT COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $(Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person)$ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident)$AUTOS ONLY AUTOS AUTOS ONLY HIRED PROPERTY DAMAGE $AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $$ PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below POLICY NON-OWNED SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer any rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:REVISION NUMBER: CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORDACORD 25 (2016/03) ACORDTM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Zurich American Insurance Company Travelers Property Cas. Co. of America 5/12/2023 USI Insurance Services, LLC P.O. Box 7050 Englewood, CO 80155 800 873-8500 Sheila Bartlett 800 873-8500 den.contractors@usi.com Weifield Group Contracting Inc. 6950 S. Jordan Road Centennial, CO 80112 16535 25674 A X X X X X GLO980944206 03/01/2023 03/01/2024 2,000,000 1,000,000 10,000 1,000,000 4,000,000 4,000,000 A X X X X X BAP980944306 03/01/2023 03/01/2024 2,000,000 B X X X 10,000 X X CUP0T34563023NF 03/01/2023 03/01/2024 10,000,000 10,000,000 A N X WC980944106 03/01/2023 03/01/2024 X 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 RE: 9750 Charger Installations #4-#6 Electric Transit Buses. The General Liability and Automobile Liability policies include an automatic Additional Insured endorsement that provides Additional Insured status to City of Fort Collins, its officers, agents and employees, only when there is a written contract that requires such status, and only with regard to work performed by or on behalf of the named insured. City of Fort Collins PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 1 of 1 #S40058334/M38940188 WEIFIGROClient#: 906927 PRGZP 1 of 1 #S40058334/M38940188 DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8 This page has been left blank intentionally. DocuSign Envelope ID: F61551CD-1056-477F-AD26-8FD97D41EBD8